1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
51 using namespace clang;
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false,
68 bool AllowTemplates = false,
69 bool AllowNonTemplates = true)
70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
71 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) {
72 WantExpressionKeywords = false;
73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
74 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
79 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl())
82 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND))
83 return AllowTemplates;
85 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
89 if (AllowNonTemplates)
92 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid
93 // as a template or as a non-template.
95 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
96 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName())
98 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext());
99 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() ||
100 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD);
106 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
110 bool AllowInvalidDecl;
113 bool AllowNonTemplates;
116 } // end anonymous namespace
118 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
119 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
121 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
122 // token kind is a valid type specifier
125 case tok::kw___int64:
126 case tok::kw___int128:
128 case tok::kw_unsigned:
135 case tok::kw__Float16:
136 case tok::kw___float128:
137 case tok::kw_wchar_t:
139 case tok::kw___underlying_type:
140 case tok::kw___auto_type:
143 case tok::annot_typename:
144 case tok::kw_char16_t:
145 case tok::kw_char32_t:
147 case tok::annot_decltype:
148 case tok::kw_decltype:
149 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
159 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
164 } // end anonymous namespace
166 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
168 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
169 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
170 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
171 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
172 SourceLocation NameLoc,
173 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
174 if (!RD->hasDefinition())
175 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
176 // Look for type decls in base classes.
177 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
178 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
179 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
180 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
181 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
182 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
183 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
184 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
186 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
188 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
191 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
192 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
193 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
194 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
195 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
196 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
197 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
198 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
204 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
205 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
206 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
207 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
209 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
210 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
211 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
212 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
213 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
214 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
216 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
223 return FoundTypeDecl;
226 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
227 const IdentifierInfo &II,
228 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
229 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
230 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
231 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
232 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
233 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
234 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
235 DC = DC->getParent()) {
236 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
238 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
239 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
240 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
242 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
245 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user
246 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the
247 // lookup during template instantiation.
248 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
250 ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
251 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
252 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
253 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
256 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
258 TypeLocBuilder Builder;
259 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
260 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
261 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
262 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
263 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
266 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
267 /// return the declaration of that type.
269 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
270 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
271 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
272 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
273 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
274 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
275 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
276 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
277 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
278 bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
279 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
280 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext,
281 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
282 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension.
283 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext &&
284 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
285 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot;
287 // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
288 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
290 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
291 if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
292 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
293 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
294 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
297 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
299 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
300 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
301 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
302 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
303 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
305 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
306 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
307 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
310 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
311 // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
312 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
313 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
315 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
316 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
318 return ParsedType::make(T);
324 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
325 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
329 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
330 // lookup for class-names.
331 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
333 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
335 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
336 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
337 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
338 // nested-name-specifier.
339 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
341 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
342 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
343 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
344 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
345 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
346 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
347 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
348 LookupName(Result, S);
351 // Perform unqualified name lookup.
352 LookupName(Result, S);
354 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
355 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
356 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
357 if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
358 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
363 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
364 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
365 case LookupResult::NotFound:
366 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
368 TypoCorrection Correction =
369 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
370 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
371 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate),
373 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
375 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
376 UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
377 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
378 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
379 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
381 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
384 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
385 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
386 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
387 // is handled elsewhere).
388 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
389 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
390 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
391 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
392 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
394 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
395 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext);
397 diagnoseTypo(Correction,
398 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
399 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
401 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
402 *CorrectedII = NewII;
407 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
409 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
410 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
411 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
414 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
415 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll
416 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
417 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error
418 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
419 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
420 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
421 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
425 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
426 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
427 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
428 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) ||
429 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) {
431 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
432 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
438 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
439 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
440 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
441 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
442 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
444 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
448 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
449 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
450 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
451 // perform the name lookup again.
454 case LookupResult::Found:
455 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
459 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
462 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
463 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name
464 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class.
465 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name.
466 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
467 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD);
468 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD &&
469 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() &&
470 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent())))
471 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor)
474 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
476 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
477 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
478 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
479 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
481 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
482 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) {
483 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl))
484 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD),
489 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
490 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
494 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
495 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
496 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
497 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
498 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
499 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
500 // Construct a type with type-source information.
501 TypeLocBuilder Builder;
502 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
504 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
505 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
506 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
507 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
508 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
510 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
514 return ParsedType::make(T);
517 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
518 static NestedNameSpecifier *
519 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
520 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
521 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
522 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
523 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
524 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
525 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
526 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
527 RD->getTypeForDecl());
528 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
529 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
531 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
534 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
535 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
536 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
537 /// correctly rejects.
538 static const CXXRecordDecl *
539 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
540 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
541 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
542 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
543 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
544 return MD->getParent();
549 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
550 SourceLocation NameLoc,
551 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
552 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
554 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
555 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
556 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
557 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
558 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
559 // lookup is retried.
560 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
561 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
563 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
564 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
565 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
566 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
567 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
568 // instantiation time.
569 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
570 RD->getTypeForDecl());
572 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
573 // template instantiation.
574 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
577 // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
581 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
583 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
584 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
585 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
586 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
587 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
589 TypeLocBuilder Builder;
590 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
591 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
592 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
593 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
594 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
597 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
598 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If
599 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
600 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose
601 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
602 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
603 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
604 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
605 LookupName(R, S, false);
606 R.suppressDiagnostics();
607 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
608 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
609 switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
610 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
611 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
612 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union;
613 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class;
614 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
618 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
621 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
622 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
623 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
624 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
626 /// template<class T> class A {
628 /// typedef int TYPE;
630 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
632 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
635 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
636 if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
637 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
640 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
642 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
643 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
644 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
646 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
648 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
651 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
652 SourceLocation IILoc,
655 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
656 bool IsTemplateName) {
657 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders.
658 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder())
660 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
661 SuggestedType = nullptr;
663 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
664 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
665 if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
666 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
667 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
668 false, false, IsTemplateName, !IsTemplateName),
669 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
670 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case.
671 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName;
672 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
673 // We corrected to a keyword.
674 diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
675 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
676 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
678 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
680 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
681 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
682 diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
683 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
684 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
686 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
687 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
688 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
689 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
690 diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
692 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest
693 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
694 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(),
697 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
704 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
705 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
707 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here.
709 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
710 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
711 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
712 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
717 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) {
718 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
720 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
721 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
722 TemplateTy TemplateResult;
723 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
724 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
725 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
726 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
727 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
728 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args)
729 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName;
730 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
731 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
732 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
738 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
739 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
741 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
742 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template
743 : diag::err_unknown_typename)
745 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
746 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template
747 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
748 << II << DC << SS->getRange();
749 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
750 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
751 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
752 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
754 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
755 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
756 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
757 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
758 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
759 *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
761 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
762 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
766 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
768 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
769 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
770 NextToken.is(tok::less);
772 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
773 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
776 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
783 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
784 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
785 IdentifierInfo *&Name,
786 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
787 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
788 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
789 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
790 StringRef FixItTagName;
791 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
793 FixItTagName = "class ";
797 FixItTagName = "enum ";
801 FixItTagName = "struct ";
805 FixItTagName = "__interface ";
809 FixItTagName = "union ";
813 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
814 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
815 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
816 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
818 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
820 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
823 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
824 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
825 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
832 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
833 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
834 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
835 ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
837 TypeLocBuilder Builder;
838 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
840 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
841 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
842 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
843 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
844 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
847 Sema::NameClassification
848 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
849 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
850 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
851 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
852 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
853 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
855 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
856 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation());
857 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false);
858 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() &&
859 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) {
860 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the
861 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that.
862 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser
863 // will reject it later.
864 return NameClassification::Unknown();
867 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
868 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
870 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
871 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
872 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
873 if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
874 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
878 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
879 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
880 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
881 // unqualified lookup mechanism.
882 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
883 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
884 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
888 bool SecondTry = false;
889 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
892 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
893 case LookupResult::NotFound:
894 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
896 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
897 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
899 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
900 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
903 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
904 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
905 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
906 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
907 // the function call, the declaration
909 // extern int identifier ();
913 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
914 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
916 Result.resolveKind();
917 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
921 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
922 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
923 // "struct", or "union".
924 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
925 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
929 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
930 // close to this name.
931 if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
933 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
934 Result.getLookupKind(), S,
936 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
937 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
938 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
940 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
941 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
942 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
943 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
944 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
945 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
946 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
947 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
948 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
949 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
950 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
951 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
955 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
956 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
957 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
958 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
959 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
960 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
961 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
962 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
965 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
966 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
968 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
969 if (Corrected.isKeyword())
972 // Also update the LookupResult...
973 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
975 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
977 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
979 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
980 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
981 // reference the ivar.
982 // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
983 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
985 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
993 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
994 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
995 return NameClassification::Unknown();
997 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
998 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
999 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
1000 // dependent nested-name-specifier.
1002 // C++ [temp.res]p2:
1003 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
1004 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
1005 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
1006 // qualified by the keyword typename.
1008 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
1009 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
1010 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
1012 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
1013 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1014 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
1017 case LookupResult::Found:
1018 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
1019 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
1022 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
1023 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1024 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
1025 // C++ [temp.local]p3:
1026 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
1027 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
1028 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
1029 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
1030 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
1031 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
1034 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
1035 // so try again after filtering out template names.
1036 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1037 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1038 IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
1043 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
1044 return NameClassification::Error();
1047 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1048 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
1049 // C++ [temp.names]p3:
1050 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
1051 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
1052 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
1053 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
1054 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
1055 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
1056 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1058 if (!Result.empty()) {
1059 bool IsFunctionTemplate;
1061 TemplateName Template;
1062 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
1063 IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1064 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
1068 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
1069 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
1070 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
1072 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
1073 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
1074 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
1077 Template = TemplateName(TD);
1080 if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1081 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1082 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1083 // to based on which function we selected.
1084 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1086 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1089 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1090 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1094 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1095 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1096 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1097 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1098 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1099 if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1100 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1101 return ParsedType::make(T);
1104 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1106 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1107 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1108 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1109 Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1113 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1115 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1116 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1117 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1118 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1119 return NameClassification::Unknown();
1122 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1123 return ParsedType::make(T);
1126 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1127 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
1128 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1129 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1130 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1132 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1133 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1134 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1135 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1137 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1138 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1139 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1140 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1141 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1142 if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1143 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1144 return ParsedType::make(T);
1147 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1148 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1151 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1152 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1155 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1156 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) {
1157 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
1159 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1160 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
1161 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate;
1162 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
1163 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate;
1164 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
1165 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate;
1166 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
1167 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate;
1168 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
1169 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam;
1170 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1173 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1174 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1175 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1176 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1178 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1179 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1180 // the context we'll need to return to.
1181 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1182 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally
1183 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These
1184 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1185 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1186 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1187 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1188 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1189 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1190 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1191 DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1193 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1195 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1198 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1199 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost
1200 // class is the context we need to return to.
1201 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1204 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1209 return DC->getLexicalParent();
1212 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1213 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1214 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1219 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1220 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1222 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1223 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1226 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1228 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1229 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1230 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1231 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1232 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1233 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1234 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1235 // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1236 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1240 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1241 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1244 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1245 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1247 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1248 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1249 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1250 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1251 // if the name was used in a member function of X.
1252 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1253 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1254 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1255 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1256 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1258 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1259 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use
1260 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1261 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately,
1262 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1264 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1267 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1268 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1269 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1276 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1277 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1279 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is
1280 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1281 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1282 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1283 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1285 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1289 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1290 // We assume that the caller has already called
1291 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1292 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1296 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1297 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1298 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1299 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1301 S->setEntity(CurContext);
1303 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1304 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1305 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1306 if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1308 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1313 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1314 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1315 // rather than the top-level class.
1316 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1317 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1318 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1321 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1322 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1324 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1325 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1326 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1327 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1328 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1330 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1331 ASTContext &Context,
1332 const FunctionDecl *New) {
1333 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1336 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1339 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found &&
1340 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
1341 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1344 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1345 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1346 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1347 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1349 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1352 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1353 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1354 // into any context.
1356 CurContext->addDecl(D);
1358 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1359 // are function-local declarations.
1360 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1361 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1362 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1363 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1366 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1367 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1368 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1371 // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1372 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1373 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1374 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1375 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1377 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1379 // Should only need to replace one decl.
1386 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1387 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1388 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1389 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1390 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1391 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1392 if (IDC == CurContext) {
1393 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1395 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1399 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1401 IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1405 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1406 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1407 TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1410 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1411 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1412 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1415 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1416 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1418 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1419 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1421 } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1426 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1430 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1431 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1432 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1433 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1434 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1435 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1436 while (F.hasNext()) {
1437 NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1439 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1442 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1451 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they
1452 /// have compatible owning modules.
1453 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1454 // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are
1455 // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for
1456 // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the
1457 // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match.
1458 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1459 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) {
1460 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule());
1461 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New);
1465 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule();
1466 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule();
1470 // FIXME: Check proclaimed-ownership-declarations here too.
1471 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit;
1472 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit;
1473 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) {
1474 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]:
1475 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all
1476 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module
1477 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module)
1479 << NewIsModuleInterface
1480 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "")
1481 << OldIsModuleInterface
1482 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : "");
1483 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1484 New->setInvalidDecl();
1491 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1492 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1493 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1494 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1497 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1498 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1499 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1501 if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1507 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1510 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1511 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1514 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1515 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1517 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1520 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1521 return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1522 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1523 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1527 // We need this to handle
1530 // void *foo() { return 0; }
1533 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1534 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1535 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1536 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1537 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1539 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1540 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1541 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1542 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1543 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1546 DC = DC->getParent();
1549 return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1552 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1554 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1555 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1557 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1560 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1563 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1566 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1567 // of members of class templates.
1568 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1569 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1572 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1573 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1575 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly
1576 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in.
1577 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1578 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
1581 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1582 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1585 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1586 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1590 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1591 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1593 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1594 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1595 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1597 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1600 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1603 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1604 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1606 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1607 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1608 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine())
1611 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1617 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1618 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1619 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1620 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1623 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1627 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1628 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1629 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1630 return; // First should already be in the vector.
1633 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1634 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1635 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1636 return; // First should already be in the vector.
1639 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1640 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1643 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1644 if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1647 bool Referenced = false;
1648 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) {
1649 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are
1650 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which
1651 // it is, by the bindings' expressions).
1652 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
1653 if (BD->isReferenced()) {
1658 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) {
1660 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) {
1664 if (Referenced || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1665 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1668 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1671 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1673 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1674 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1675 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1677 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1678 if (!WithinFunction)
1681 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1684 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1685 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1688 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1689 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1691 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1692 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1694 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1695 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1696 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1700 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1701 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1702 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1705 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1706 // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1707 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1709 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1710 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1711 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1714 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1715 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1718 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1719 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1720 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1721 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1722 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1723 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1724 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1725 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1726 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() &&
1727 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue()))
1734 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1740 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1742 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1743 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1744 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1745 if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1747 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1748 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1752 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1753 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1756 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1757 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1758 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1759 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1760 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1764 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1765 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1766 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1767 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1770 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1771 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1772 // at end-of-translation-unit.
1773 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1778 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1781 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1782 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1783 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1784 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1786 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1788 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint;
1791 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1792 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
1793 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd
1794 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1795 // MS inline assembly label name.
1796 bool Diagnose = false;
1797 if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1798 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1800 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1802 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1805 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1806 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1808 if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1809 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1810 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1812 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1813 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1815 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1816 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1818 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1819 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1820 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1821 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1822 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1825 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1827 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1828 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1829 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1831 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
1833 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1834 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
1835 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
1836 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
1837 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
1838 << D << FD << FD->getParent();
1839 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1841 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
1846 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1848 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1849 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1850 /// to the fixed name.
1852 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1854 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1855 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1857 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1858 /// class could not be found.
1859 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1860 SourceLocation IdLoc,
1861 bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1862 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1863 // creation from this context.
1864 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1866 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1867 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1868 // find an Objective-C class name.
1869 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1870 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1871 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1872 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1873 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1874 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1875 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1879 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1880 if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1881 Def = Def->getDefinition();
1885 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1886 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1887 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1888 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1889 /// ill-formed in C++:
1895 /// void test_S6() {
1900 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1901 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1902 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1903 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1904 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1905 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1906 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1907 /// contain non-field names.
1908 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1909 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1910 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1911 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1916 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1917 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1918 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1919 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1920 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1921 IdentifierInfo *II) {
1922 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1924 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1926 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1927 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1928 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1929 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1930 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1931 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1934 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1936 case ASTContext::GE_None:
1938 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1940 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1942 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1943 return "ucontext.h";
1945 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1948 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1949 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1950 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1952 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1953 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1954 SourceLocation Loc) {
1955 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1957 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1958 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1960 if (ForRedeclaration)
1961 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1962 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1966 if (!ForRedeclaration &&
1967 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
1968 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
1969 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1970 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
1971 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1972 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1973 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1974 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1975 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1981 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1982 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1983 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1984 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1985 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1986 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1987 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1988 Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1991 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1993 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1996 R->isFunctionProtoType());
1999 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
2001 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
2002 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2003 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
2005 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2006 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2008 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
2009 Params.push_back(parm);
2011 New->setParams(Params);
2014 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
2015 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
2017 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
2018 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
2019 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
2020 // entirely, but we're not there yet.
2021 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
2022 CurContext = Parent;
2023 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
2024 CurContext = SavedContext;
2028 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
2029 /// entity if their types are the same.
2030 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
2032 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
2033 TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2034 LookupResult &Previous) {
2035 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
2036 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
2039 // Empty sets are uninteresting.
2040 if (Previous.empty())
2043 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
2044 while (Filter.hasNext()) {
2045 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
2047 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
2048 if (S.isVisible(Old))
2051 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
2052 // different linkages.
2053 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2054 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
2055 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
2058 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
2059 // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
2060 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
2061 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
2071 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
2073 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2074 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
2076 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
2077 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
2079 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2080 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
2081 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
2084 if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2085 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2086 New->setInvalidDecl();
2090 if (OldType != NewType &&
2091 !OldType->isDependentType() &&
2092 !NewType->isDependentType() &&
2093 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
2094 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2095 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
2096 << Kind << NewType << OldType;
2097 if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2098 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2099 New->setInvalidDecl();
2105 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
2106 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out
2107 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
2108 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
2110 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2111 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
2112 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
2114 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
2116 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
2117 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
2118 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
2119 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
2120 switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
2124 if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
2126 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
2127 if (!T->isPointerType())
2129 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
2130 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2131 if (!PT->isStructureType())
2134 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
2135 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
2136 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
2140 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
2142 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2143 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
2144 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
2147 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
2149 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2150 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
2151 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
2154 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
2157 // Verify the old decl was also a type.
2158 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
2160 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2161 << New->getDeclName();
2163 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
2164 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
2165 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
2167 return New->setInvalidDecl();
2170 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2171 if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2172 return New->setInvalidDecl();
2174 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2175 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2176 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2177 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2178 if (OldTag && NewTag &&
2179 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2180 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2181 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2182 // instead of our tag.
2183 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2184 if (OldTD->isModed())
2185 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2186 OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2188 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2190 // Make the old tag definition visible.
2191 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
2193 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2194 // out of the scope.
2195 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2196 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2197 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2198 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2199 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2200 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2201 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2202 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2208 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2209 // with any extensions enabled.
2210 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2213 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2214 // the old declaration was a typedef.
2215 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2216 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2217 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2220 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2223 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2224 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2225 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2226 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2227 // to the type to which it already refers.
2228 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2231 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2232 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2233 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2234 // to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2236 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2237 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2240 // typedef struct A { } A;
2243 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2244 // allow the above but disallow
2251 // since that was the intent of DR56.
2252 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2255 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2256 << New->getDeclName();
2257 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2258 return New->setInvalidDecl();
2261 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2262 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2265 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning
2266 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2267 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is
2268 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2269 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2270 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL).
2271 (Old->isImplicit() ||
2272 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2273 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2276 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2277 << New->getDeclName();
2278 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2281 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2283 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2284 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2285 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2286 for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2287 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2289 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2293 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2294 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2295 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2302 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2303 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2304 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2305 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2306 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2310 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2311 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2313 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2314 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2315 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2316 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2317 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2318 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2319 unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2320 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2321 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2323 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2324 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2325 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2326 // definition in such a case.
2327 if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2333 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2334 if (Align > OldAlign) {
2336 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2340 // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2341 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2342 unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2343 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2344 if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2350 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2351 if (Align > NewAlign)
2355 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2356 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2357 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2358 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2359 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2361 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2362 // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2363 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2365 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2368 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2371 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2373 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2376 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2377 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2378 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2379 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2380 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2384 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2385 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2386 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2387 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2388 // equivalent alignment.
2390 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2391 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2392 // have no alignment specifier.
2393 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2395 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2399 bool AnyAdded = false;
2401 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2402 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2403 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2404 Clone->setInherited(true);
2405 New->addAttr(Clone);
2409 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2410 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2411 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2412 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2413 Clone->setInherited(true);
2414 New->addAttr(Clone);
2421 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2422 const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2423 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2424 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2425 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2426 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2427 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2428 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2429 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2430 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2431 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2432 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2433 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2434 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2435 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2436 AA->getDeprecated(),
2437 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2438 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(),
2439 AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2440 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2441 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2442 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2443 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2444 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2445 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2446 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2447 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2448 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2449 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2450 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2451 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2452 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2453 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2454 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2455 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2456 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2457 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2458 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2459 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2460 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2461 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2462 AttrSpellingListIndex,
2463 IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2464 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2465 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2466 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2467 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2468 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2469 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2470 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2471 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2472 // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2474 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2475 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2476 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2477 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2478 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2479 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(
2480 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(),
2481 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()),
2482 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2483 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2484 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(),
2485 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()),
2486 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2487 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2488 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2489 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2491 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2492 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2493 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2495 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2496 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex,
2498 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2499 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2502 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2503 D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2504 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2505 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2512 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2513 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2514 return TD->getDefinition();
2515 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2516 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2519 return VD->getActingDefinition();
2521 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
2522 return FD->getDefinition();
2526 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2527 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2528 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2533 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2534 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2535 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2536 if (!New->hasAttrs())
2539 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2540 if (!Def || Def == New)
2543 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2544 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2545 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2547 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2548 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2549 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2550 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2552 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2553 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2554 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2559 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2560 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2561 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2562 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2563 : diag::err_redefinition;
2564 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2565 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition)
2566 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation());
2568 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2569 VD->setInvalidDecl();
2575 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2576 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2577 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2583 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2585 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2588 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2589 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2592 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2593 if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2594 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2595 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2596 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2597 // equivalent alignment.
2599 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2600 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2601 // have no alignment specifier.
2602 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2604 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2606 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2612 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2613 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2614 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2615 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2620 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2621 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2622 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2623 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2624 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2625 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2626 New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2629 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2632 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2633 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2635 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2636 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2637 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) {
2638 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2639 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2640 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2642 } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2643 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2644 // already been ODR-used.
2645 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2646 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2650 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2651 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2652 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2653 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2654 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2655 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2656 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2657 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2659 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2663 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2664 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2668 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute.
2669 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
2670 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) {
2671 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) {
2672 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration);
2673 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2678 if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2681 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2683 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2685 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2687 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2688 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2689 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2690 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2691 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2692 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2697 case AMK_Redeclaration:
2699 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2706 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2709 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2713 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2716 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2719 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2721 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2722 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2724 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2725 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2726 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2727 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2728 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2729 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2730 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2731 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2732 // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2733 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2734 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2735 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2736 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2737 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2738 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2739 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2742 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2745 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2747 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2748 // done before we process them.
2749 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2751 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2752 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2753 InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2754 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2755 newAttr->setInherited(true);
2756 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2761 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2764 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2765 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2767 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2768 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2769 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2770 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2771 << DiagNullabilityKind(
2773 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2775 << DiagNullabilityKind(
2777 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2779 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2782 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2783 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2784 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2786 NewParam->setType(NewT);
2793 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2795 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2796 ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2797 ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2798 QualType PromotedType;
2801 } // end anonymous namespace
2803 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2804 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2805 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2806 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2807 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2809 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2810 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2812 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2813 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2814 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2815 return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2816 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2817 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2818 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2819 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2822 return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2825 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2826 // declaration, or a declaration.
2827 template <typename T>
2828 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2829 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2830 diag::kind PrevDiag;
2831 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2832 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2833 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2834 else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2835 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2836 if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2837 OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2839 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2840 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2843 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2844 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2846 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2847 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2848 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2849 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2850 FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2851 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2854 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2855 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2856 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2857 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2861 template <typename T>
2862 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2863 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2867 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2868 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2870 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2875 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2876 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2878 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2879 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2880 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2881 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2882 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2883 ExpectedDecl *New) {
2884 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2885 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2886 // which specifies the same unqualified name,
2887 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2888 // and function templates; or
2889 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2890 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2891 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2892 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2893 // name is hidden (3.3.10).
2895 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2896 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2897 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2898 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2899 // function, the program is ill-formed.
2901 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2903 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2904 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2905 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2909 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2910 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2911 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2917 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
2918 const FunctionDecl *B) {
2919 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
2921 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
2922 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2923 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2926 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType();
2929 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
2932 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2933 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2934 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2935 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2937 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2938 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2939 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2942 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2943 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2944 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2945 // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2946 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2948 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2949 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2950 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2951 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2952 diag::note_using_decl_target);
2953 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2954 diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2958 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2959 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2961 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2963 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2964 << New->getDeclName();
2965 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
2970 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2971 if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2974 diag::kind PrevDiag;
2975 SourceLocation OldLocation;
2976 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2977 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2979 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2980 // is an extern inline function.
2981 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2983 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2984 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2985 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2986 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2987 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2988 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2990 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2992 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2993 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2998 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
2999 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3000 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3001 << New->getDeclName();
3002 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3003 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3006 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
3009 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3010 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3011 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) {
3012 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch)
3015 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable
3016 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one
3017 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter.
3019 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in
3020 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it.
3021 const Decl *DiagOld = Old;
3023 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) {
3024 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3025 return A && !A->isImplicit();
3027 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this
3028 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless.
3029 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter;
3033 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(),
3034 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
3038 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
3040 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3044 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
3045 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
3046 // convention of the first.
3048 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
3049 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
3051 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
3052 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or
3053 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
3055 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
3056 // other tests to run.
3057 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3058 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3059 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
3060 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
3061 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
3062 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
3063 bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
3065 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
3066 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
3067 const FunctionType *FT =
3068 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
3069 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
3070 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
3071 if (!NewCCExplicit) {
3072 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
3073 // there but not here.
3074 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3075 RequiresAdjustment = true;
3077 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
3078 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
3079 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
3080 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3082 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
3083 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
3085 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
3086 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3091 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
3092 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3093 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
3094 RequiresAdjustment = true;
3097 // Merge regparm attribute.
3098 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
3099 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
3100 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
3101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
3102 << NewType->getRegParmType()
3103 << OldType->getRegParmType();
3104 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3108 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
3109 RequiresAdjustment = true;
3112 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
3113 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3114 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3115 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch)
3116 << "'ns_returns_retained'";
3117 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3121 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
3122 RequiresAdjustment = true;
3125 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() !=
3126 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3127 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3128 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr =
3129 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>();
3130 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr;
3131 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3135 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true);
3136 RequiresAdjustment = true;
3139 if (RequiresAdjustment) {
3140 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
3141 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
3142 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
3143 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3144 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
3147 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3148 // UndefinedButUsed.
3149 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
3150 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3151 !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
3152 Old->isUsed(false) &&
3153 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3154 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3157 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
3159 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3160 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
3161 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
3164 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
3166 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
3167 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
3168 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
3169 << New->getDeclName();
3170 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3174 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3175 // C++1z [over.load]p2
3176 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
3177 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
3178 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
3180 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
3181 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
3182 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
3183 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
3184 // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
3185 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
3187 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3188 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3190 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
3191 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
3192 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
3193 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
3194 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
3195 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
3196 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
3197 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
3198 : OldType)->getReturnType();
3199 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
3200 (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
3201 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
3202 : NewType)->getReturnType();
3203 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
3204 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
3205 New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
3207 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3208 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3209 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
3210 if (ResQT.isNull()) {
3211 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3212 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
3213 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3215 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
3216 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3217 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
3218 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3225 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3226 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3227 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3228 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3229 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3230 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3231 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3233 SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
3234 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3235 : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3236 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
3237 SubstAutoType(NewQType,
3238 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3239 : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3243 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3244 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3245 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3246 // Preserve triviality.
3247 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3249 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3250 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3251 // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3252 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3253 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3254 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3255 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3257 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3258 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3259 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3260 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3261 // is a static member function declaration.
3262 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3263 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3264 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3268 // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3269 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3270 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3271 // class template can be declared and then later defined.
3272 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
3274 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3275 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3276 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3277 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3278 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3279 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3281 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3283 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3285 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3286 << New << New->getType();
3288 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3291 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3292 // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3294 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3295 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3296 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3298 NewMethod->setImplicit();
3300 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3301 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3302 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3305 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3306 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3307 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3308 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3313 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3314 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3315 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3317 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3318 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3319 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3320 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3321 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3324 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3325 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3326 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3327 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3328 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3329 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3330 Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3331 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3332 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3333 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3337 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3338 // return type and the parameter-type-list.
3339 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3341 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3342 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3343 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3344 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3345 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3346 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3347 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3348 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3351 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3352 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3353 // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3355 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3356 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3357 // linkage within class scope.
3359 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3360 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3361 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3362 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3364 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3365 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3370 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
3371 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3373 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
3374 New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
3375 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
3376 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
3377 // when we instantiate the function.
3381 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3384 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3385 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3386 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3387 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3388 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3389 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3390 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3391 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3392 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3393 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3394 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3395 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3396 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3398 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3399 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3400 New->setType(NewQType);
3401 New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3403 // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3404 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3405 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3406 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3407 SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3408 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3410 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3411 Param->setImplicit();
3412 Params.push_back(Param);
3415 New->setParams(Params);
3418 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3421 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3422 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3423 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3424 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3425 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3428 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3429 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but
3430 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3432 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3433 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3434 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3435 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3436 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3437 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3438 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3439 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3440 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3441 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3443 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3444 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3445 NewProto->getReturnType());
3446 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3447 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3448 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3449 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3450 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3451 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3452 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3453 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3454 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3456 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3457 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3458 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3459 Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3460 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3462 LooseCompatible = false;
3465 if (LooseCompatible) {
3466 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3467 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3468 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3469 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3470 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3471 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3472 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3473 diag::note_previous_declaration);
3476 if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3477 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3478 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3479 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3482 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3485 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3486 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3488 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3489 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3491 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3492 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3493 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3494 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3495 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3496 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3497 << Old << Old->getType();
3499 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3500 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3502 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If
3503 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3504 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3505 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3506 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3507 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3508 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3513 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3516 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3517 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3521 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3522 /// known to be compatible.
3524 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3525 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3526 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3527 /// redeclaration of Old.
3530 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3531 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3532 // Merge the attributes
3533 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3535 // Merge "pure" flag.
3539 // Merge "used" flag.
3540 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3543 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R
3545 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3547 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3548 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3549 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3550 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3553 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3554 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3556 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3557 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3559 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3560 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3561 New->setType(Merged);
3566 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3567 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3568 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3569 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3570 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3571 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3572 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3575 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3577 // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3578 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3579 oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3580 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3581 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3582 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3583 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3586 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3587 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
3589 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3590 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3591 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3592 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3594 diag::kind PrevDiag;
3595 SourceLocation OldLocation;
3596 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3597 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3598 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3599 New->setInvalidDecl();
3602 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3603 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types,
3604 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3606 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3607 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3609 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3610 bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3611 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3615 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3616 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3617 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3619 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3620 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3621 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3623 // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3624 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3625 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3626 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3627 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3628 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3629 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3630 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3632 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3633 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3635 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3636 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3637 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
3638 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType());
3639 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
3642 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy))
3643 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
3647 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
3648 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3649 NewArray->getElementType()))
3650 MergedT = New->getType();
3652 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
3653 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
3655 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3656 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3657 NewArray->getElementType()))
3658 MergedT = Old->getType();
3661 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3662 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3663 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3668 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3670 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3672 if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3673 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3674 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3675 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3677 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3678 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3679 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3680 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3681 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3682 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3683 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3684 New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3687 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
3690 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3691 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3692 if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3693 New->setType(MergedT);
3696 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3697 LookupResult &Previous) {
3699 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3700 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3701 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3702 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3703 // declaration becomes the composite type.
3705 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3706 if (Previous.isShadowed())
3709 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3710 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3711 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3712 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3713 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3714 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3715 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3716 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3718 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3719 // type unless we're in the same function.
3720 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3721 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3725 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3726 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this
3727 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3729 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3730 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3731 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3733 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3734 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3735 if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3738 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
3741 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3743 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3744 VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3745 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3746 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3748 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3749 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3752 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3753 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3754 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3756 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3759 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3760 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3761 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3765 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3766 << New->getDeclName();
3767 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(),
3768 New->getLocation());
3769 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3772 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3774 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3775 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3776 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3777 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3779 // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3780 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3782 // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3783 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3784 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3785 << New->getIdentifier();
3786 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3787 New->setInvalidDecl();
3790 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3791 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3793 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3794 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3795 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3796 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3797 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3798 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3799 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3802 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3803 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3804 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3805 << New->getDeclName();
3806 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3807 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3811 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3812 if (MostRecent != Old) {
3813 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3814 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3815 if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3819 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3820 if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3823 diag::kind PrevDiag;
3824 SourceLocation OldLocation;
3825 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3826 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3828 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3829 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3830 !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3831 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3832 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3833 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3834 << New->getDeclName();
3835 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3837 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3838 << New->getDeclName();
3839 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3840 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3844 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3845 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3846 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3847 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3848 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3849 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3850 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3851 // identifier has external linkage.
3852 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3854 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3855 !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3856 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3857 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3858 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3859 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3862 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3863 if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3864 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3865 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3866 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3867 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3869 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3870 !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3871 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3872 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3873 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3876 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
3879 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3881 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3882 // need to check for mismatches.
3883 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3884 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3885 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3886 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3887 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3888 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3889 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3892 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
3893 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3894 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
3895 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
3896 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
3897 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
3898 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3902 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to
3903 // UndefinedButUsed.
3904 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
3905 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3906 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3909 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3910 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3911 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3912 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3913 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3914 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3915 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3917 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3918 // static and dynamic initialization.
3919 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3920 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3921 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3922 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3923 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3927 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3928 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3929 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
3930 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
3931 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
3932 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
3933 Diag(New->getLocation(),
3934 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
3935 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3936 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
3941 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3942 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3943 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3944 New->setInvalidDecl();
3948 // Merge "used" flag.
3949 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3952 // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3953 New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3955 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3957 // Inherit access appropriately.
3958 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3960 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3962 if (Old->isInline())
3963 New->setImplicitlyInline();
3966 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) {
3967 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager();
3968 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New);
3969 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation());
3970 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first);
3971 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first);
3972 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
3973 StringRef HdrFilename =
3974 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation()));
3976 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod,
3977 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool {
3978 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped
3979 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets
3980 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition
3981 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on.
3982 if (IncLoc.isValid()) {
3984 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file)
3985 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName();
3986 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid())
3987 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here)
3988 << Mod->getFullModuleName();
3990 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file)
3991 << HdrFilename.str();
3999 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why
4000 // this leads to a redefinition error.
4001 bool EmittedDiag = false;
4002 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) {
4003 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first);
4004 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first);
4005 EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc);
4006 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc);
4008 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one.
4009 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld))
4010 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards);
4016 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above.
4017 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4020 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
4021 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
4022 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
4023 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
4024 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
4026 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
4027 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
4028 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
4029 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
4030 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
4031 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
4033 // Make the canonical definition visible.
4034 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
4035 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD);
4036 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old);
4039 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
4040 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4041 New->setInvalidDecl();
4046 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4047 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
4049 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4050 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4051 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
4055 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
4056 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
4057 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
4059 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
4061 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
4062 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
4063 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
4064 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
4067 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
4068 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4071 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
4072 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
4074 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
4076 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
4077 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
4078 Context.setManglingNumber(
4079 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
4080 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4084 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
4085 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4086 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4087 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4088 Context.setManglingNumber(
4089 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4090 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4094 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
4095 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4096 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
4099 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
4100 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
4103 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
4104 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
4106 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed.
4107 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
4108 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
4109 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4110 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
4114 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
4115 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
4116 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as
4117 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should
4118 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
4119 // for how to handle it.
4120 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
4121 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
4123 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
4124 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
4126 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
4127 textToInsert += ' ';
4128 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
4129 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
4130 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
4134 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
4135 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
4138 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
4140 case DeclSpec::TST_class:
4142 case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
4144 case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
4146 case DeclSpec::TST_union:
4148 case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
4151 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
4155 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4156 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
4157 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
4159 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4160 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4161 bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
4162 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4163 Decl *TagD = nullptr;
4164 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
4165 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4166 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4167 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4168 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4169 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4170 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
4172 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
4175 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
4176 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
4178 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
4179 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
4180 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
4181 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4185 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
4186 Tag->setFreeStanding();
4187 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
4191 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4192 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
4193 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
4194 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4195 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4196 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
4197 << DS.getSourceRange();
4200 if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4201 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
4202 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
4204 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
4205 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
4206 // and definitions of functions and variables.
4208 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
4209 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
4211 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
4212 // Don't emit warnings after this error.
4216 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
4218 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
4219 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
4220 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
4223 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
4226 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
4227 bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
4228 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
4229 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4230 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
4231 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
4232 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
4233 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
4234 // or an explicit specialization.
4236 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
4237 // obvious intent of DR1819.
4239 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
4240 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
4241 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
4245 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
4246 bool DeclaresAnything = true;
4248 // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
4249 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
4250 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4251 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4252 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
4253 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4254 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
4255 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
4256 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
4257 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
4258 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
4259 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
4260 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
4261 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4262 AnonRecord = Record;
4263 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
4264 Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4267 DeclaresAnything = false;
4272 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
4273 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
4275 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
4276 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
4277 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
4278 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4279 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
4280 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
4284 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4285 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4286 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4287 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4288 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4290 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4291 else if (const RecordType *RT =
4292 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4293 Record = RT->getDecl();
4294 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4295 Record = UT->getDecl();
4297 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4298 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4299 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4300 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4303 DeclaresAnything = false;
4307 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4308 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4309 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4312 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4313 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4314 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4315 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4316 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4317 DeclaresAnything = false;
4319 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4320 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4321 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4322 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4323 << DS.getSourceRange();
4325 DeclaresAnything = false;
4328 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4329 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4330 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4331 << Tag->getTagKind()
4332 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4334 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4337 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4338 // or the members of an enumeration.
4340 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4341 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4342 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4343 // previous declaration.
4344 if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4345 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4346 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4347 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
4352 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4353 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4354 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4355 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4356 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4358 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4359 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4360 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4361 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4363 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4364 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4366 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4367 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4368 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4369 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4370 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4371 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4372 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4373 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4376 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4377 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4378 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4379 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4380 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4381 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4382 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4383 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4384 // Restrict is covered above.
4385 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4386 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4387 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4388 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4391 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4392 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4393 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4394 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4395 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4396 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4397 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4398 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4399 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4400 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4401 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
4402 attrs = attrs->getNext())
4403 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4404 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4411 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4412 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4414 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4415 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4418 DeclarationName Name,
4419 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4421 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4422 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
4423 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4425 // Pick a representative declaration.
4426 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4427 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4429 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4432 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4434 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4439 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4440 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4441 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4442 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4449 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4450 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x
4453 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4454 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4456 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4457 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4458 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4459 bool Invalid = false;
4461 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4462 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4463 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4464 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4465 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4466 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4468 AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4469 // C++ [class.union]p2:
4470 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4471 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4472 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4475 // C++ [class.union]p2:
4476 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4477 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4478 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4479 // anonymous union is declared.
4480 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4481 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4482 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4484 Chaining.push_back(VD);
4486 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
4487 NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4488 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4489 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4490 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4492 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4493 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4494 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4496 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4497 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4499 IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4500 IndirectField->setImplicit();
4501 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4503 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4504 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4506 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4514 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4515 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4516 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4518 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4519 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4520 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4521 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4522 switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4523 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None;
4524 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4525 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4528 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static;
4529 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto;
4530 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register;
4531 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4532 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4533 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through.
4534 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None;
4536 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4539 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4540 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4542 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4543 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4544 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4545 FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4546 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4547 return FD->getLocation();
4550 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4553 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4554 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4555 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4558 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4559 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4562 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4563 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4564 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4567 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4570 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4571 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4572 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4573 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4574 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4577 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4578 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4580 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4581 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4582 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4583 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4584 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4585 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4586 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4588 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4590 bool Invalid = false;
4591 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4592 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4594 if (Record->isUnion()) {
4595 // C++ [class.union]p6:
4596 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4597 // global namespace shall be declared static.
4598 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4599 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4600 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4601 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4602 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4603 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4605 // Recover by adding 'static'.
4606 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4607 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4609 // C++ [class.union]p6:
4610 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4611 // anonymous union in a class scope.
4612 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4613 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4614 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4615 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4616 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4618 // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4619 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4621 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4625 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4626 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4627 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4628 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4629 << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4630 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4631 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4632 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4633 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4634 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4635 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4636 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4637 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4638 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4639 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4640 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4641 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4642 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4643 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4644 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4645 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4646 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4647 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
4648 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4649 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
4650 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
4652 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4655 // C++ [class.union]p2:
4656 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4657 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4658 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4659 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4660 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4661 // C++ [class.union]p3:
4662 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4663 // members (clause 11).
4664 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4665 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4666 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4667 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4671 // C++ [class.union]p1
4672 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4673 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4674 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4675 // array of such objects.
4676 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4678 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4679 // Any implicit members are fine.
4680 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4681 // This is a type that showed up in an
4682 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4683 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4684 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4685 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4686 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4687 MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4688 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4689 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4690 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4691 << Record->isUnion();
4693 // This is a nested type declaration.
4694 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4695 << Record->isUnion();
4699 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4700 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4701 // not part of standard C++.
4702 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4703 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4704 << Record->isUnion();
4706 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4707 // Any access specifier is fine.
4708 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4709 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4711 // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4712 // member. Complain about it.
4713 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4714 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4715 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4716 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4717 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4718 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4719 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4721 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4722 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4723 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4724 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4725 << Record->isUnion();
4727 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
4733 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4734 // At most one variant member of a union may have a
4735 // brace-or-equal-initializer.
4736 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4738 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4739 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4742 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4743 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4744 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4748 // Mock up a declarator.
4749 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4750 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4751 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4753 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4754 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4755 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4756 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4758 Record->getLocation(),
4759 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4760 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4762 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4763 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4764 Anon->setAccess(AS);
4765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4766 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4768 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4769 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4770 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4771 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4773 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4778 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4780 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4781 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4784 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4785 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4787 // union { int n = 0; };
4788 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon);
4790 Anon->setImplicit();
4792 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4793 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4795 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4796 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4798 Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4800 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4801 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4803 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4804 Chain.push_back(Anon);
4806 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
4809 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4810 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4811 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4812 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4813 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4814 Context.setManglingNumber(
4815 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4816 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4817 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4823 Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4828 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4829 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4830 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4833 /// struct A { int a; };
4834 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4841 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4842 RecordDecl *Record) {
4843 assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4845 // Mock up a declarator.
4846 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4847 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4848 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4850 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4851 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4853 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4854 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4858 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4861 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4862 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4863 Anon->setImplicit();
4865 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4866 CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4868 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4869 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4871 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4872 Chain.push_back(Anon);
4874 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4875 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4876 diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4877 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4879 Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4880 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4886 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4887 /// given Declarator.
4888 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4889 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4892 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4894 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4895 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4896 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4898 switch (Name.getKind()) {
4900 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4901 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4902 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4903 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4906 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName: {
4907 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3:
4908 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization.
4909 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name
4910 // of the simple-template-id.
4911 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a
4913 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {};
4914 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>;
4915 // Y(int) -> Y<int>;
4916 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template.
4917 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get();
4918 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl();
4919 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
4920 Diag(Name.StartLocation,
4921 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template)
4922 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN;
4924 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
4925 return DeclarationNameInfo();
4929 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template));
4930 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4934 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4935 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4936 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4937 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4938 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4939 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4940 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4941 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4944 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4945 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4947 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4948 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4951 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4952 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4953 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4955 return DeclarationNameInfo();
4956 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4957 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4958 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4959 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4963 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4964 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4965 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4967 return DeclarationNameInfo();
4968 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4969 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4970 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4971 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4975 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4976 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4977 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4978 // to find the actual type being constructed.
4979 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4980 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4981 return DeclarationNameInfo();
4983 // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4984 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4986 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4987 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4990 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4991 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4992 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4993 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4994 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4998 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4999 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5000 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
5002 return DeclarationNameInfo();
5003 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5004 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5005 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
5006 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5010 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
5011 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
5012 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
5013 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
5016 } // switch (Name.getKind())
5018 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
5021 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
5023 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
5024 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
5025 else if (Ty->isArrayType())
5026 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5028 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
5032 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
5033 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
5034 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
5035 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
5036 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
5037 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
5038 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
5039 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
5040 FunctionDecl *Declaration,
5041 FunctionDecl *Definition,
5042 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
5044 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
5046 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
5047 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5048 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5050 // The parameter types are identical
5051 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
5054 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
5055 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
5056 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5057 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5059 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
5060 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
5061 Params.push_back(Idx);
5062 else // The two parameters aren't even close
5069 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
5070 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
5071 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
5072 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec
5073 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
5074 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
5075 DeclarationName Name) {
5076 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
5077 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
5078 // - types which will become injected class names
5079 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
5080 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
5083 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
5084 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
5085 case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
5086 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
5087 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
5088 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
5089 // Grab the type from the parser.
5090 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
5091 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
5092 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
5094 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much
5095 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
5096 // attached already.
5098 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
5100 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
5101 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
5102 if (!TSI) return true;
5104 // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
5105 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
5106 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
5110 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
5111 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
5112 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
5113 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
5114 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
5115 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
5120 // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
5124 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
5125 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5126 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
5128 // The only type information in the declarator which can come
5129 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
5131 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
5134 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
5135 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
5136 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
5143 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
5144 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
5145 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
5147 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
5148 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
5149 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5151 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
5152 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl);
5157 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
5158 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
5159 /// name different from T:
5160 /// - every static data member of class T;
5161 /// - every member function of class T
5162 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type;
5163 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
5164 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
5165 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
5166 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5168 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5169 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
5170 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
5171 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
5172 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
5179 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
5180 /// nested-name-specifier.
5182 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5184 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
5187 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
5189 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
5191 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
5192 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
5193 DeclarationName Name,
5194 SourceLocation Loc) {
5195 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
5196 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
5197 Cur = Cur->getParent();
5199 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
5200 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
5206 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
5207 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
5208 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
5209 if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5210 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
5211 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
5212 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
5215 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
5220 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
5222 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
5223 if (Cur->isRecord())
5224 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5225 << Name << SS.getRange();
5226 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
5227 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
5228 << Name << SS.getRange();
5229 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
5230 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
5231 << Name << SS.getRange();
5232 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
5233 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
5234 << Name << SS.getRange();
5236 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
5237 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
5242 if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5243 // Cannot qualify members within a class.
5244 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5245 << Name << SS.getRange();
5248 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
5249 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
5250 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
5251 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
5252 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
5253 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
5254 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
5260 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
5261 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
5262 // not begin with a decltype-specifer"
5263 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
5264 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
5265 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
5266 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
5267 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
5268 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
5269 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
5274 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5275 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
5276 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5277 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5278 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5280 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have
5281 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
5282 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5283 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
5285 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid.
5286 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5287 diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
5288 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
5290 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
5293 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until
5294 // we find one that is.
5295 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
5296 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
5299 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
5300 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
5302 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5303 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5304 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
5307 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5308 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
5309 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
5310 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
5311 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
5312 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5313 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5314 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5315 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5316 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5317 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5320 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5322 if (!IsDependentContext &&
5323 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5326 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5327 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5328 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5329 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5330 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5333 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5334 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
5335 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
5343 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5344 // declaration in the current instantiation.
5345 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5346 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5347 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5348 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5353 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5354 QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5356 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5357 UPPC_DeclarationType))
5360 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5361 forRedeclarationInCurContext());
5363 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5364 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5365 bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5366 bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5368 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5369 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5370 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5372 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5373 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5375 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5377 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5378 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5379 R->isFunctionType())) {
5380 IsLinkageLookup = true;
5382 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5383 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5384 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5385 CreateBuiltins = true;
5387 if (IsLinkageLookup) {
5388 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5389 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration);
5392 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5393 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5394 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5396 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5397 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5398 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5399 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5400 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5403 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5404 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5405 // we want to match. For example, given:
5412 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5414 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5415 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5418 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5419 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5420 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5421 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5422 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5425 if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5426 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5427 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5428 if (!D.isInvalidType())
5429 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5430 Previous.getFoundDecl());
5432 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5436 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5437 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name.
5440 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5441 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5442 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and
5443 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates.
5444 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5445 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
5446 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType()))
5449 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5450 // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5451 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5452 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5456 bool AddToScope = true;
5457 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5458 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5459 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5463 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5464 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5465 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5469 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5476 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5477 // add it to the scope stack.
5478 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) {
5479 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
5480 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
5481 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
5482 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
5483 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
5485 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
5488 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5489 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5494 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5495 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5496 /// GCC compatibility).
5497 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5498 ASTContext &Context,
5499 bool &SizeIsNegative,
5500 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5501 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5502 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary
5503 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5504 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5505 SizeIsNegative = false;
5508 if (T->isDependentType())
5511 QualifierCollector Qs;
5512 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
5514 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
5515 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
5516 QualType FixedType =
5517 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5519 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5520 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
5521 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5523 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
5524 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
5525 QualType FixedType =
5526 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5528 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5529 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5530 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5533 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5536 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
5537 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
5541 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5542 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
5545 // Check whether the array size is negative.
5546 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5547 SizeIsNegative = true;
5551 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5552 unsigned ActiveSizeBits
5553 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
5555 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5560 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
5561 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5565 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5566 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5567 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5568 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5569 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5570 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5571 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5572 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5575 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5576 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5577 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5578 DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5579 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5580 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5583 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5584 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5585 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5586 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5587 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5588 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5589 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5590 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5593 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5594 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5595 /// GCC compatibility).
5596 static TypeSourceInfo*
5597 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5598 ASTContext &Context,
5599 bool &SizeIsNegative,
5600 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5602 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5603 SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5604 if (FixedTy.isNull())
5606 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5607 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5608 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5612 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5613 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5614 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5615 /// function-scope declarations.
5617 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5618 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5619 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5620 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5623 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5624 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5627 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5628 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5629 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5630 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5633 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5634 /// does not identify a function.
5635 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5636 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5637 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
5638 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5639 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5640 diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5642 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5643 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5644 diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5646 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5647 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5648 diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5652 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5653 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5654 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5655 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5656 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5657 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5659 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5664 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5666 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
5667 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
5668 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
5669 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5670 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5673 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5674 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName)
5675 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation,
5676 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier)
5679 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5680 << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5684 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5685 if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5687 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5688 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5690 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5692 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5693 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5694 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5699 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5700 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5701 // then it shall have block scope.
5702 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5703 // that redeclarations will match.
5704 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5705 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5706 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5707 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5709 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5710 bool SizeIsNegative;
5711 llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5712 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5713 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5717 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5718 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5721 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5722 else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5723 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5724 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5725 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5726 << Oversized.toString(10);
5728 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5729 NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5735 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5736 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5737 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5739 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5740 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5742 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
5743 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous);
5745 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5746 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5747 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5748 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5749 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5750 if (!Previous.empty()) {
5751 Redeclaration = true;
5752 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
5755 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration)
5756 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
5758 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5759 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5760 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5761 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5762 if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5763 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5764 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5765 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5766 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5767 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5768 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5769 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5775 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5776 /// previous declaration.
5778 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5779 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5780 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5781 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5782 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5783 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5785 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5788 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5791 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5792 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5794 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5795 ASTContext &Context) {
5799 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5802 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5803 // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5804 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5805 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5806 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5807 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5808 // linkage of the previous declaration.
5809 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5810 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5811 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5814 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5815 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5816 // We found a member function: ignore it.
5819 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5820 // previous declarations.
5821 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5822 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5824 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5825 // isn't the same function.
5826 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5833 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5834 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5835 if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5836 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5839 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5840 QualType type = decl->getType();
5841 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5842 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5843 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5844 unsigned kind = -1U;
5845 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5846 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5847 kind = 0; // __block
5848 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5850 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5852 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5857 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5860 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5861 // Try to infer lifetime.
5862 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5865 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5866 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5867 decl->setType(type);
5870 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5871 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5872 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5873 var->getTLSKind()) {
5874 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5883 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5884 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5885 // the wrong linkage.
5886 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5888 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5889 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5890 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5891 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5892 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5895 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5896 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5897 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5898 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5899 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5903 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5904 if (VD->hasInit()) {
5905 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5906 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5907 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5908 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
5909 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5914 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5915 // It does not apply to functions.
5916 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5917 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5918 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5919 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5920 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5924 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5925 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
5926 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
5927 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
5928 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) {
5929 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5931 ND.setInvalidDecl();
5935 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'.
5936 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>())
5937 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND))
5938 if (MD->isVirtual()) {
5939 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(),
5940 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function)
5942 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>();
5946 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5948 bool IsSpecialization,
5949 bool IsDefinition) {
5950 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl())
5953 bool IsTemplate = false;
5954 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5955 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5957 if (!IsSpecialization)
5958 IsDefinition = false;
5960 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5961 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5965 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5968 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5969 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5970 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5971 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5973 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5974 // inherited attribute instances.
5975 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5976 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5978 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5979 // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5980 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5981 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5982 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5984 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5985 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5986 bool JustWarn = false;
5987 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5988 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5989 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5991 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5992 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5996 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5997 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5998 // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5999 if (OldDecl->isUsed())
6000 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
6003 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
6004 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
6005 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
6007 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
6008 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6010 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6015 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
6016 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function
6017 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or
6018 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if
6019 // it were marked dllexport.
6020 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
6021 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
6022 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6023 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
6025 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
6026 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
6027 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
6028 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6029 IsInline = FD->isInlined();
6030 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
6031 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
6034 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr &&
6035 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember &&
6036 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
6037 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) {
6038 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6039 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
6041 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6042 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6043 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr(
6044 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context,
6045 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex()));
6047 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6048 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
6049 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6050 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6051 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
6052 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6053 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6055 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) {
6056 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport
6058 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6059 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6060 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6061 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
6062 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6065 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here
6066 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the
6067 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically
6068 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later.
6069 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6070 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization &&
6071 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) {
6072 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr =
6073 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
6074 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context);
6075 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
6076 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr);
6082 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
6083 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
6084 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
6085 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6086 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
6088 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
6089 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
6091 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
6092 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
6095 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
6096 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
6099 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
6100 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
6101 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
6102 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
6104 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
6105 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
6111 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
6112 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
6114 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
6115 template<typename T>
6116 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
6117 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6118 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
6119 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
6122 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
6123 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
6124 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
6127 return D->isExternC();
6130 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
6131 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6132 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
6133 return VD->hasExternalStorage();
6134 if (DC->isFileContext())
6138 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6141 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6142 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6143 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
6144 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
6148 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6151 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
6152 AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
6153 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
6154 if (L->getKind() == Kind)
6159 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
6160 AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
6161 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
6162 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
6165 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
6166 // position to the decl itself.
6167 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
6168 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
6172 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
6173 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
6176 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
6177 /// function-local external declaration.
6178 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
6179 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
6182 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
6183 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
6184 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
6185 if (DC->isDependentContext())
6188 // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
6189 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
6190 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
6191 // innermost enclosing namespace.
6193 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
6194 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
6195 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
6196 DC = DC->getParent();
6200 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
6201 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
6202 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
6203 return FD->isExternC();
6204 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
6205 return VD->isExternC();
6207 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
6210 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
6211 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6212 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6213 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
6214 QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6215 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
6217 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
6219 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6220 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
6222 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
6223 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
6224 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
6228 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name;
6232 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6233 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
6234 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
6236 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
6237 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6238 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
6244 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6245 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
6246 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
6247 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope.
6248 if (NULL == S->getParent()) {
6249 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
6250 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6251 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R;
6257 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
6259 while (NR->isPointerType()) {
6260 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
6261 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer);
6265 NR = NR->getPointeeType();
6268 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) {
6269 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
6270 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
6271 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
6272 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
6277 if (R->isSamplerT()) {
6278 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
6279 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
6280 // space qualifiers.
6281 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6282 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
6283 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
6286 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1:
6287 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address
6288 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier.
6289 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() &&
6290 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6291 R.isConstQualified())) {
6292 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler);
6297 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6298 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
6299 // address space qualifiers.
6300 if (R->isEventT()) {
6301 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) {
6302 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6308 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
6309 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
6311 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
6312 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
6313 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
6314 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
6315 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
6318 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6319 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
6320 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6322 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
6323 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
6325 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
6330 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
6331 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
6332 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
6333 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
6334 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
6335 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
6336 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6337 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
6338 : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
6339 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6342 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6344 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6345 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
6346 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
6347 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
6348 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
6349 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
6354 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false;
6355 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6356 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6357 bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6358 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6359 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6360 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6361 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6362 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6363 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
6366 if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
6367 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6369 if (D.isInvalidType())
6370 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6372 bool Invalid = false;
6374 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6375 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
6380 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6381 diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6382 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6387 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
6388 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
6389 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
6392 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6393 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
6394 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6396 case SC_PrivateExtern:
6397 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
6401 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
6402 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
6403 if (RD->isLocalClass())
6404 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6405 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
6406 << Name << RD->getDeclName();
6408 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
6409 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
6411 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6412 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6413 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
6414 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
6415 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
6416 else if (!RD->getDeclName())
6417 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6418 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
6419 << Name << RD->isUnion();
6423 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6424 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6425 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6426 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6427 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6428 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6429 ? D.getName().TemplateId
6432 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid);
6434 if (TemplateParams) {
6435 if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
6436 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6437 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
6438 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
6439 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6440 diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
6442 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6443 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
6444 TemplateParams = nullptr;
6446 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6447 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
6448 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
6449 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
6450 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
6451 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
6452 // This is a template declaration.
6453 IsVariableTemplate = true;
6455 // Check that we can declare a template here.
6456 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6459 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
6460 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6461 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
6462 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
6463 : diag::ext_variable_template);
6468 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
6469 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
6472 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6473 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
6474 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
6475 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
6477 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
6478 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
6479 IsPartialSpecialization);
6480 if (Res.isInvalid())
6482 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
6484 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6485 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6486 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
6489 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6490 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
6492 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
6493 if (IsVariableTemplate) {
6495 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
6496 TemplateParams, NewVD);
6497 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
6500 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
6501 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
6502 if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
6503 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6505 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
6506 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6508 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6511 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
6513 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
6514 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
6515 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
6516 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
6517 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
6518 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
6520 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6521 NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
6522 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
6523 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
6524 // implicitly an inline variable.
6525 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)
6526 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
6530 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
6531 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6532 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6534 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6535 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
6536 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6537 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6538 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6540 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6541 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
6542 : diag::ext_inline_variable);
6543 NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
6547 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
6548 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
6549 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6551 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6553 if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
6554 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
6555 for (auto *B : Bindings)
6556 B->setLocalExternDecl();
6558 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
6561 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
6562 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
6563 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
6564 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
6565 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
6567 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
6569 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
6570 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
6571 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
6572 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
6573 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6574 diag::err_thread_non_global)
6575 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6576 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
6577 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) {
6578 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
6579 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
6580 // error should be ignored.
6581 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
6582 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
6583 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
6584 // to emit any code for it.
6585 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6587 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6588 diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6590 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6594 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
6595 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
6596 // thread storage duration...
6597 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
6598 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note
6599 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
6600 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these
6601 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
6602 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6603 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
6604 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6605 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
6606 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6607 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
6608 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
6612 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6613 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6614 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6615 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
6616 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6617 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6618 else if (IsMemberSpecialization)
6619 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6621 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6622 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6623 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6624 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
6625 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6626 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6628 NewVD->setModulePrivate();
6630 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6631 for (auto *B : Bindings)
6632 B->setModulePrivate();
6636 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6637 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
6639 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) {
6640 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
6641 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) ||
6642 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice &&
6643 NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>())))
6644 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6645 diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6646 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
6647 // storage [duration]."
6648 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6649 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
6650 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
6651 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
6655 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
6656 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
6657 // check the VarDecl itself.
6658 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
6659 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
6660 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
6662 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
6664 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
6665 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6667 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6668 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
6669 // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6670 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6671 StringRef Label = SE->getString();
6672 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
6676 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
6679 // Local Named register
6680 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6681 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
6682 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6686 case SC_PrivateExtern:
6689 } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6690 // Global Named register
6691 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
6692 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
6693 bool HasSizeMismatch;
6695 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
6696 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6697 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
6698 Context.getTypeSize(R),
6700 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
6701 else if (HasSizeMismatch)
6702 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
6705 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6706 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6707 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6711 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6712 Context, Label, 0));
6713 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6714 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6715 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6716 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6717 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6718 NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6719 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6721 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6722 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6726 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
6727 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()
6728 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)
6731 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6732 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6733 // declaration has linkage).
6734 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6735 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6736 IsMemberSpecialization ||
6737 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6739 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6740 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6741 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6742 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6743 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6744 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6745 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6747 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6748 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6750 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6751 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6752 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6753 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6755 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6756 if (!Previous.empty()) {
6757 if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6758 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6759 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6760 // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6761 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6762 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6763 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6765 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6767 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6768 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6769 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6770 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6771 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6772 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6775 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6776 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6779 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6780 NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6781 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6784 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6785 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6786 // template declaration.
6787 if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6789 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6791 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6792 DC->isDependentContext())
6793 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6795 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6797 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6798 // template, make a note of that.
6799 if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6800 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6801 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6805 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration.
6806 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration())
6807 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
6809 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6811 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6812 // the map of such variables.
6813 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6814 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6815 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6817 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6818 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6819 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6820 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6821 Context.setManglingNumber(
6822 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6823 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6824 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6828 // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
6829 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
6830 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6831 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
6833 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
6834 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
6835 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6836 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
6838 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
6840 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
6841 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
6844 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6845 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6846 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6847 IsMemberSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition());
6851 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6852 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6853 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6857 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6858 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous);
6863 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
6864 enum ShadowedDeclKind {
6873 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6874 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
6875 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
6876 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6878 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6880 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
6881 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
6883 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
6886 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
6887 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
6888 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
6889 const VarDecl *VD) {
6890 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
6891 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
6892 return Capture.getLocation();
6894 return SourceLocation();
6897 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
6898 const LookupResult &R) {
6899 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6900 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6903 // Return false if warning is ignored.
6904 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc());
6907 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
6908 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
6909 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D,
6910 const LookupResult &R) {
6911 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
6914 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6915 if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6918 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6919 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)
6924 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null
6925 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
6926 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
6927 const LookupResult &R) {
6928 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class
6929 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
6932 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
6935 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6936 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr;
6939 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements
6942 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6945 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable
6946 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6948 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
6949 const LookupResult &R) {
6950 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6952 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
6953 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6954 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6958 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
6959 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
6960 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC))
6961 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
6962 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
6963 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
6964 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD});
6969 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6970 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6971 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6972 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6973 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6974 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6980 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6982 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
6983 SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
6984 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC &&
6985 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
6986 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
6987 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
6988 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
6989 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
6990 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
6991 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
6992 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
6993 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6994 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
6996 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
6997 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
6998 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
6999 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back(
7000 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
7005 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) {
7006 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if
7007 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context.
7008 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC;
7009 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC);
7010 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) {
7011 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions
7012 // can capture; other scopes don't.
7013 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) &&
7014 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) {
7022 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
7023 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
7024 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
7025 if (!OldDC->isRecord())
7028 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
7029 // static data members from base classes?
7031 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
7032 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
7033 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
7037 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
7039 // Emit warning and note.
7040 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
7042 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
7043 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
7044 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7045 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7046 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
7047 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7050 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
7051 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
7052 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
7053 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
7054 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
7055 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
7056 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
7057 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7058 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
7059 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
7060 : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
7061 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
7062 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
7063 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7064 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7065 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
7066 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7070 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
7071 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
7072 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
7075 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
7076 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
7078 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R))
7079 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R);
7082 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
7083 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
7084 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7085 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
7086 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
7088 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7089 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7092 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
7093 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
7094 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
7096 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
7097 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7098 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
7099 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
7100 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7102 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
7103 ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
7106 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
7107 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
7108 template<typename T>
7109 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
7110 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
7111 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
7112 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
7114 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7115 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
7121 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7122 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
7125 Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7129 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
7130 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
7132 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
7135 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
7136 // translation unit which might conflict.
7138 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
7140 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7142 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7148 DeclContext::lookup_result R =
7149 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
7150 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
7152 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7156 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
7157 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
7158 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
7159 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
7168 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
7169 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
7170 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
7171 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
7172 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
7174 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
7176 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
7178 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
7183 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
7184 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
7186 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
7187 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
7188 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
7189 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
7190 /// the same name as an entity in global scope.
7191 template<typename T>
7192 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
7193 LookupResult &Previous) {
7194 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7195 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
7196 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
7197 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
7198 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7199 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
7201 Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7208 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
7210 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
7211 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
7213 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
7214 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
7215 // in another scope.
7216 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
7217 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
7219 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
7223 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
7224 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7225 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7228 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7229 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
7231 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
7232 if (T->isUndeducedType())
7235 if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
7236 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
7238 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7239 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
7240 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
7241 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7245 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
7246 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
7247 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
7248 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
7249 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7250 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7251 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0;
7252 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7256 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
7258 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
7259 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") &&
7260 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7261 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
7262 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7266 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7267 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
7268 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7269 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
7273 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
7274 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
7275 // can't use 'extern' storage class.
7276 if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7277 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
7279 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7282 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7283 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
7284 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7288 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
7289 // __constant address space.
7290 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
7291 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
7293 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
7294 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7295 if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
7296 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7297 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
7298 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) {
7299 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
7300 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200)
7301 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7302 << Scope << "global or constant";
7304 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7305 << Scope << "constant";
7306 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7310 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
7311 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7312 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
7313 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7316 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7317 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
7318 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7319 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables
7321 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7322 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7323 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7324 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
7326 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7327 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
7328 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7331 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be
7332 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function.
7333 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7334 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) {
7335 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7336 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
7339 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
7341 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7345 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) {
7346 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable.
7347 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1;
7348 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7354 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
7355 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7356 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
7357 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
7359 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
7360 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
7364 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
7365 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
7366 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7367 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7369 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
7370 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
7371 bool SizeIsNegative;
7372 llvm::APSInt Oversized;
7373 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
7374 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
7375 SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
7376 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
7377 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
7378 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
7380 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
7382 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7383 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
7385 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
7386 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
7389 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
7391 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7396 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7397 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
7399 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
7400 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7404 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
7405 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
7406 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
7409 if (T->isVoidType()) {
7410 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
7411 // of objects and functions.
7412 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7413 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
7415 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7420 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7421 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7422 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7426 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7427 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
7428 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7432 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
7433 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
7434 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
7435 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7440 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
7443 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
7444 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
7445 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
7446 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
7447 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
7449 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
7451 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
7452 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
7453 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
7455 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7456 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7459 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
7460 // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
7461 if (Previous.empty() &&
7462 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
7463 Previous.setShadowed();
7465 if (!Previous.empty()) {
7466 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
7473 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
7475 CXXMethodDecl *Method;
7477 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
7478 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
7479 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
7480 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
7481 RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
7482 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7484 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
7486 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
7487 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7488 // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
7489 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
7490 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
7492 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
7495 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
7496 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
7497 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
7498 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7499 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
7508 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
7509 } // end anonymous namespace
7511 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
7512 /// overriden methods.
7514 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
7515 /// \param MD the overriding method.
7516 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
7517 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
7518 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
7519 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
7520 for (const CXXMethodDecl *O : MD->overridden_methods()) {
7521 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
7522 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
7523 // out the diag loop 3 times.
7524 if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
7525 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !O->isDeleted()) ||
7526 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && O->isDeleted()))
7527 S.Diag(O->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
7531 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
7532 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
7533 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
7534 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
7536 FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
7539 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7540 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7541 bool AddedAny = false;
7542 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
7543 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
7544 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
7545 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
7546 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
7547 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
7548 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
7549 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
7550 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
7551 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
7558 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
7559 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
7561 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
7562 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
7569 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
7570 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
7571 struct ActOnFDArgs {
7574 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
7577 } // end anonymous namespace
7581 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
7582 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
7583 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
7585 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
7586 CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
7587 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
7588 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
7590 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
7591 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
7594 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7595 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
7596 CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
7597 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7598 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7600 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7601 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7602 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7603 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
7604 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
7606 } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
7616 ASTContext &Context;
7617 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
7618 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
7621 } // end anonymous namespace
7623 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) {
7624 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F);
7627 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
7629 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
7630 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
7631 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
7634 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
7635 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
7636 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7637 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7638 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
7639 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
7640 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
7641 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7642 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
7643 TypoCorrection Correction;
7644 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
7645 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
7646 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
7647 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
7648 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
7649 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
7650 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
7652 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7654 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
7656 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
7657 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
7658 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
7659 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7660 if (!Prev.empty()) {
7661 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
7662 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
7663 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
7665 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7666 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
7667 // involve a parameter
7669 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
7670 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
7673 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
7674 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
7675 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
7676 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7677 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
7678 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
7679 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
7680 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
7681 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
7682 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7684 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
7685 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
7686 CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
7687 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7688 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7689 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7690 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7691 Previous.addDecl(FD);
7694 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
7697 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
7698 // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
7701 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
7703 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
7704 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
7705 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
7706 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
7707 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
7708 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
7709 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
7710 ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
7712 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
7717 // Determine which correction we picked.
7718 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
7719 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7721 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
7722 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
7724 // Let Sema know about the correction.
7725 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result);
7726 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
7728 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
7729 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
7730 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
7731 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
7735 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
7736 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
7737 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7738 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
7740 Previous.setLookupName(Name);
7743 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
7744 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
7746 bool NewFDisConst = false;
7747 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
7748 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
7750 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
7751 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
7752 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
7753 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
7754 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
7755 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
7756 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
7758 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
7759 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
7760 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
7761 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
7762 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
7763 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
7764 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
7765 << Idx << FDParam->getType()
7766 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
7767 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
7768 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
7769 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
7771 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7772 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
7773 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
7778 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
7779 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
7780 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
7781 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
7782 case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
7783 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
7784 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7785 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
7786 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
7789 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
7790 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
7791 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
7794 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
7795 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7797 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
7798 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
7799 // other than extern
7800 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
7801 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7802 diag::err_static_block_func);
7807 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
7810 // No explicit storage class has already been returned
7814 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
7815 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
7816 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7818 bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
7819 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7820 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7822 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
7823 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7825 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7826 // Determine whether the function was written with a
7827 // prototype. This true when:
7828 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
7829 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non-
7830 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a
7833 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
7834 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType());
7836 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7837 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7838 TInfo, SC, isInline,
7839 HasPrototype, false);
7840 if (D.isInvalidType())
7841 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7846 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7847 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7849 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
7850 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7851 // the class has been completely parsed.
7852 if (!DC->isRecord() &&
7853 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
7854 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
7855 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
7858 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
7859 // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
7860 assert(DC->isRecord() &&
7861 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
7863 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7864 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7865 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7866 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
7867 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
7870 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7871 // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
7872 if (DC->isRecord()) {
7873 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7874 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
7875 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
7876 SemaRef.Context, Record,
7878 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
7879 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
7881 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
7882 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
7884 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
7885 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
7886 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
7887 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
7890 IsVirtualOkay = true;
7894 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
7897 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
7899 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7901 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
7903 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
7906 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
7907 if (!DC->isRecord()) {
7908 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7909 diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
7913 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7914 IsVirtualOkay = true;
7915 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7916 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7917 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
7918 isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7920 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) {
7921 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7923 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
7924 isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo,
7926 } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
7927 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
7928 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
7929 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
7930 // constructor if it has no return type).
7931 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
7932 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
7933 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
7934 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
7935 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7939 // This is a C++ method declaration.
7940 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
7941 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7942 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7943 TInfo, SC, isInline,
7944 isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7945 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
7949 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7950 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
7953 // Determine whether the function was written with a
7954 // prototype. This true when:
7955 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
7956 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7958 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
7959 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
7963 enum OpenCLParamType {
7967 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam,
7972 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
7973 if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7974 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7975 if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7976 return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7977 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic ||
7978 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private ||
7979 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default)
7980 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam;
7981 return PtrKernelParam;
7984 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7985 // be used as builtin types.
7987 if (PT->isImageType())
7988 return PtrKernelParam;
7990 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT())
7991 return InvalidKernelParam;
7993 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
7994 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
7995 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
7996 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType())
7997 return InvalidKernelParam;
7999 if (PT->isRecordType())
8000 return RecordKernelParam;
8002 return ValidKernelParam;
8005 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
8009 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
8010 QualType PT = Param->getType();
8012 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
8014 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
8017 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
8018 case PtrPtrKernelParam:
8019 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
8020 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
8021 // pointer to a pointer type.
8022 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
8026 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam:
8027 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5:
8028 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point
8029 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or
8031 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space);
8035 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8036 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8037 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8038 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
8039 // one of these built-in scalar types.
8041 case InvalidKernelParam:
8042 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
8043 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
8045 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
8046 // type for any function elsewhere.
8047 if (!PT->isHalfType())
8048 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8052 case PtrKernelParam:
8053 case ValidKernelParam:
8054 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
8057 case RecordKernelParam:
8061 // Track nested structs we will inspect
8062 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
8064 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
8065 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
8066 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
8067 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
8069 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8070 VisitStack.push_back(PD);
8072 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
8075 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
8077 assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
8078 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
8079 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
8080 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
8085 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
8086 // field itself) to the history stack.
8087 const RecordDecl *RD;
8088 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
8089 HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
8090 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8092 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
8095 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
8096 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
8098 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
8099 QualType QT = FD->getType();
8101 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
8104 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
8105 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
8108 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
8109 VisitStack.push_back(FD);
8113 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
8114 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
8115 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
8117 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
8118 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) {
8119 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
8120 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
8121 << PT->isUnionType()
8124 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8127 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8128 << PD->getDeclName();
8130 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
8131 // the offending field came from
8132 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
8133 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
8134 E = HistoryStack.end();
8136 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
8137 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8138 << OuterField->getType();
8141 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
8142 << QT->isPointerType()
8147 } while (!VisitStack.empty());
8150 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8151 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8153 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8154 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8155 DC = DC->getParent();
8159 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8160 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8162 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
8163 while (S->isClassScope() ||
8164 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
8165 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8166 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8167 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
8173 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
8174 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
8175 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
8177 QualType R = TInfo->getType();
8179 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
8181 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
8182 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8183 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8184 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
8186 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
8187 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8188 diag::err_invalid_thread)
8189 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
8191 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
8192 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
8193 D.getIdentifierLoc());
8195 bool isFriend = false;
8196 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
8197 bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
8198 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8200 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
8201 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8202 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
8204 bool isVirtualOkay = false;
8206 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
8207 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
8209 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
8211 if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
8213 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
8214 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
8216 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
8217 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
8218 // context will be different from the semantic context.
8219 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8221 if (IsLocalExternDecl)
8222 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
8224 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8225 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8226 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
8227 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
8228 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
8229 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8230 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8231 // C++ [class.friend]p5
8232 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
8233 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
8234 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8237 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
8238 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
8240 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
8241 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
8242 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
8243 NewFD->setPure(true);
8245 // C++ [class.union]p2
8246 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
8247 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
8248 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
8251 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
8252 isMemberSpecialization = false;
8253 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8254 if (D.isInvalidType())
8255 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8257 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
8258 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
8259 bool Invalid = false;
8260 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
8261 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
8262 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8263 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
8264 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
8265 ? D.getName().TemplateId
8267 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization,
8269 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8270 // This is a function template
8272 // Check that we can declare a template here.
8273 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
8274 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8276 // A destructor cannot be a template.
8277 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8278 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
8279 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8282 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
8283 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
8284 // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
8285 if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
8286 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
8287 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
8291 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
8292 NewFD->getLocation(),
8293 Name, TemplateParams,
8295 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8296 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
8298 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
8299 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
8300 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8301 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
8304 // This is a function template specialization.
8305 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8306 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8307 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8308 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8310 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
8312 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
8313 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
8315 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
8316 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
8317 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
8318 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So
8319 // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
8320 SourceLocation InsertLoc;
8321 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
8322 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
8323 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
8326 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
8327 << Name << RemoveRange
8328 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
8329 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
8334 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
8335 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
8336 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8337 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8338 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8342 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8343 if (FunctionTemplate)
8344 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8347 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
8348 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
8349 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
8350 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
8352 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8353 if (!isVirtualOkay) {
8354 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8355 diag::err_virtual_non_function);
8356 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
8357 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
8358 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8359 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
8360 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
8361 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8362 // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
8363 // A member function template shall not be virtual.
8364 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8365 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
8366 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
8368 // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
8369 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
8372 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
8373 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
8374 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
8377 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
8378 (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
8379 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
8380 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8381 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
8382 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
8383 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
8385 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
8386 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
8387 const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8388 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8390 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
8391 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
8392 FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
8395 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
8396 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
8398 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8399 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8400 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
8401 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8402 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
8403 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
8407 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
8408 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
8409 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
8410 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
8411 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8412 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
8413 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
8414 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
8415 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8416 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
8417 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
8418 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
8419 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8420 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
8421 // or conversion function.
8422 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8423 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
8424 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
8429 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
8430 // are implicitly inline.
8431 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8433 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
8434 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
8435 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
8436 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
8437 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
8440 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
8441 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8442 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8443 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
8444 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
8445 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8447 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8449 NewFD->setModulePrivate();
8450 if (FunctionTemplate)
8451 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
8456 if (FunctionTemplate) {
8457 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8458 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
8460 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8461 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8464 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
8465 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
8466 // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
8467 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
8468 case FDK_Declaration:
8469 case FDK_Definition:
8473 NewFD->setDefaulted();
8477 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
8481 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
8482 D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8483 // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
8484 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
8485 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
8486 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8489 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
8490 !CurContext->isRecord()) {
8491 // C++ [class.static]p1:
8492 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static
8493 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
8496 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
8497 // member function definition.
8498 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8499 diag::err_static_out_of_line)
8500 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8503 // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
8504 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
8505 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
8506 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8507 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
8508 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
8509 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
8510 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
8511 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
8512 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
8515 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
8516 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
8517 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
8518 isMemberSpecialization ||
8519 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
8521 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
8522 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
8523 // The parser guarantees this is a string.
8524 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
8525 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
8526 SE->getString(), 0));
8527 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
8528 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
8529 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
8530 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
8531 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
8532 NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
8533 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
8535 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
8536 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
8540 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
8541 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params.
8542 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
8544 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) {
8545 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun;
8547 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
8548 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
8549 // single void argument.
8550 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
8551 // already checks for that case.
8552 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
8553 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
8554 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
8555 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
8556 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8557 Params.push_back(Param);
8559 if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
8560 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8564 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8565 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them
8566 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag
8567 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always
8569 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext =
8570 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext());
8571 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) {
8572 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl);
8574 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum
8577 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl))
8578 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
8582 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext();
8583 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD))
8585 TagDC->removeDecl(TD);
8586 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8589 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag
8590 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of
8591 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the
8592 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f:
8593 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s);
8594 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext)
8595 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC);
8598 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8599 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
8600 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
8601 // parameters for use in the declaration.
8604 // typedef void fn(int);
8608 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
8609 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
8610 ParmVarDecl *Param =
8611 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
8612 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
8613 Params.push_back(Param);
8616 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
8617 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
8620 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
8621 NewFD->setParams(Params);
8623 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
8625 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
8628 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
8629 // because all functions have linkage.
8630 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8631 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8632 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
8633 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8636 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active
8637 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8638 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
8639 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
8640 PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName,
8641 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation));
8644 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
8645 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8646 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
8648 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
8649 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8650 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
8651 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8652 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
8653 ASTContext::PSF_Read,
8655 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
8658 // Handle attributes.
8659 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
8661 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8662 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
8663 // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
8664 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
8665 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) {
8666 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8667 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
8668 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8672 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8673 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8674 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8675 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8677 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8678 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8680 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8681 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8682 isMemberSpecialization));
8683 else if (!Previous.empty())
8684 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8685 D.setRedeclaration(true);
8686 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8687 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8688 "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8690 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
8691 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
8692 // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
8693 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
8694 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8695 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
8696 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
8697 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
8698 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
8700 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
8701 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
8702 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
8706 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
8707 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
8709 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
8711 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
8712 // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
8713 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
8714 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
8715 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
8716 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8717 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
8718 << NewFD->getDeclName();
8720 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
8721 // argument list into our AST format.
8722 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
8723 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
8724 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
8725 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8726 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
8727 TemplateId->NumArgs);
8728 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
8731 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8733 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8734 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8735 } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
8736 // Function template with explicit template arguments.
8737 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
8738 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8740 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8742 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
8743 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
8744 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
8745 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
8746 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8748 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8749 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user
8750 // wrote something like:
8751 // template <> friend void foo(int);
8752 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
8753 // friend void foo<>(int);
8754 // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
8755 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8756 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8757 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8760 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
8761 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
8762 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
8763 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
8764 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
8765 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
8766 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
8767 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
8769 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
8770 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
8771 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In
8772 // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
8773 bool InstantiationDependent = false;
8774 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
8775 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
8776 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
8778 InstantiationDependent))) {
8779 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
8780 "friend function specialization without template args");
8781 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
8783 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8784 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8785 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
8787 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
8788 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
8789 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
8790 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
8791 << NewFD->getDeclName();
8792 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8793 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
8794 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr),
8796 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8799 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
8800 // specialization (14.7.3)
8801 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
8802 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
8803 if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
8804 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
8805 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8806 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
8808 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8809 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8812 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8813 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
8814 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8815 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8817 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8818 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
8819 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8822 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8823 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8824 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8825 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8827 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8828 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8830 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8831 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8832 isMemberSpecialization));
8833 else if (!Previous.empty())
8834 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8835 D.setRedeclaration(true);
8838 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8839 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8840 "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8842 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
8843 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
8846 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
8847 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
8848 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8849 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
8851 NewFD->setAccess(Access);
8852 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
8855 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
8856 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
8857 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
8859 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
8860 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
8861 if (FunctionTemplate) {
8862 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
8863 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
8864 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
8865 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
8867 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
8868 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
8869 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
8870 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
8871 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
8872 DC && DC->isRecord() &&
8873 DC->isDependentContext())
8874 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
8875 : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
8878 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8879 // Ignore all the rest of this.
8880 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
8881 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
8883 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
8884 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
8885 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8887 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
8888 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8889 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
8890 // dependent-scope friend declarations.
8892 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
8893 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
8894 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
8895 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there
8896 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
8897 // can actually do this check immediately.
8899 (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
8900 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
8901 CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
8904 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
8905 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
8906 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
8907 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
8913 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
8915 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
8916 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
8917 // whether the parameter types are references).
8919 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8920 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
8921 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8926 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
8928 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
8929 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8930 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
8931 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8935 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8936 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
8937 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
8938 !isMemberSpecialization) {
8939 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
8940 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
8941 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
8942 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
8943 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
8944 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
8946 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
8947 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8951 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
8952 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
8954 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
8956 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
8957 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8958 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8959 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
8962 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
8963 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
8964 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
8965 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
8966 EPI.Variadic = true;
8967 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
8969 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
8973 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8974 // member, set the visibility of this function.
8975 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
8976 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
8978 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
8979 // marking the function.
8980 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
8982 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
8984 if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
8985 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
8987 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
8988 // the map of such variables.
8989 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8990 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
8991 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
8993 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
8994 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
8996 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
8997 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
8998 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
8999 isMemberSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
9000 D.isFunctionDefinition());
9003 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
9004 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
9005 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9006 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
9007 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
9008 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
9010 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
9013 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
9014 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
9015 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
9016 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
9017 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
9018 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
9019 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
9020 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9021 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
9025 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
9027 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9028 if (FunctionTemplate) {
9029 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9030 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9031 return FunctionTemplate;
9034 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9035 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous);
9038 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
9039 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
9040 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
9041 && (SC == SC_Static)) {
9042 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
9046 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
9047 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
9048 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9049 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
9050 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
9055 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
9056 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
9057 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
9059 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
9060 QualType PT = Param->getType();
9062 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
9064 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) {
9065 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
9066 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
9067 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
9068 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
9075 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
9076 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
9077 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
9078 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9079 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
9080 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
9081 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
9082 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
9083 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
9084 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
9091 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
9092 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
9094 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
9095 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
9096 /// same declaration name.
9097 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
9100 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
9101 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for
9102 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in
9105 // This allows to compile code like:
9108 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } };
9109 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } };
9111 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated.
9112 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9113 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9114 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None);
9117 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
9119 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
9120 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
9121 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
9122 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
9123 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
9124 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
9125 /// via InstantiateDecl).
9127 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
9128 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the
9129 /// previous declaration).
9131 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
9133 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
9134 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
9135 LookupResult &Previous,
9136 bool IsMemberSpecialization) {
9137 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
9138 "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
9140 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
9141 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
9142 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
9143 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9144 !Previous.isShadowed();
9146 bool Redeclaration = false;
9147 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
9148 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false;
9150 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
9151 // the same name, if appropriate.
9152 if (!Previous.empty()) {
9153 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
9154 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
9155 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
9156 // function to the scope.
9157 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) {
9158 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9159 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
9160 Redeclaration = true;
9161 OldDecl = Candidate;
9164 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
9165 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
9166 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
9168 Redeclaration = true;
9171 case Ovl_NonFunction:
9172 Redeclaration = true;
9176 Redeclaration = false;
9182 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
9183 if (!Redeclaration &&
9184 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
9185 if (!Previous.empty()) {
9186 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
9187 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
9188 Redeclaration = true;
9189 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
9190 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
9192 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
9193 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
9194 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
9195 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
9196 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
9197 Redeclaration = false;
9204 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
9205 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
9206 // a constructor declares that member function to be const.
9208 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
9209 // definition of a static member function.
9211 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
9212 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
9213 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
9214 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
9215 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
9216 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
9217 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
9219 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
9220 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
9221 const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
9222 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9223 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
9224 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
9225 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
9226 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
9228 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
9229 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
9230 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
9231 SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
9232 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
9233 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
9234 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
9236 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
9237 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
9242 if (Redeclaration) {
9243 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
9245 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
9246 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9247 return Redeclaration;
9251 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
9253 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
9254 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
9255 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
9256 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
9257 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
9258 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
9259 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
9260 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
9261 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
9262 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
9265 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
9266 // template, mark it as a member specialization.
9267 if (IsMemberSpecialization &&
9268 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
9269 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
9270 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
9271 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
9272 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
9273 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) {
9274 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl =
9275 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
9276 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
9277 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl);
9278 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
9279 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
9284 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
9285 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
9286 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
9287 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
9288 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
9291 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks &&
9292 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
9293 assert((Previous.empty() ||
9294 llvm::any_of(Previous,
9295 [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
9296 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
9298 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present");
9300 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
9301 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
9302 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
9305 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) {
9306 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9307 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads);
9308 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(),
9309 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
9312 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
9316 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
9318 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9319 // C++-specific checks.
9320 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
9321 CheckConstructor(Constructor);
9322 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
9323 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
9324 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
9325 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
9327 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
9328 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
9329 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
9330 DeclarationName Name
9331 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
9332 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
9333 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
9334 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
9335 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9336 return Redeclaration;
9339 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
9340 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
9341 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
9342 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
9343 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9344 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD);
9346 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be
9347 // explicitly specialized.
9348 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
9349 Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized)
9350 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1;
9353 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
9354 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
9355 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
9356 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
9357 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
9358 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
9359 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
9360 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9361 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
9366 if (Method->isStatic())
9367 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
9370 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
9371 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
9372 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
9373 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9374 return Redeclaration;
9377 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
9378 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
9379 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
9380 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9381 return Redeclaration;
9384 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
9385 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
9386 // during delayed parsing anyway.
9387 if (!CurContext->isRecord())
9388 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
9390 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
9391 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
9392 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
9393 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
9394 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
9395 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
9396 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception
9397 // specification, that's OK.
9398 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to
9399 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type.
9401 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T,
9403 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
9404 // so forget about the builtin entirely.
9405 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
9408 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
9409 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
9410 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
9411 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
9412 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
9413 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
9414 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
9415 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
9417 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
9418 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9419 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
9422 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
9423 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
9424 // [is] part of the function type
9426 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
9427 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
9428 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
9429 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
9430 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
9431 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
9432 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
9433 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
9434 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
9435 // restricted prior to C++17.
9436 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
9437 T = RT->getPointeeType();
9438 else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
9439 T = T->getPointeeType();
9440 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
9441 T = MPT->getPointeeType();
9442 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9443 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context))
9448 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9449 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
9450 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
9451 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
9453 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9454 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
9458 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
9459 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
9461 return Redeclaration;
9464 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
9465 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
9466 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
9467 // constexpr is ill-formed.
9468 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
9469 // appear in a declaration of main.
9470 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
9471 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
9472 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9473 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
9474 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
9475 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9476 if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
9477 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
9478 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
9479 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
9480 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
9481 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
9482 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
9483 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
9484 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
9486 if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
9487 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
9488 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
9489 FD->setConstexpr(false);
9492 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9493 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
9494 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
9495 FD->setInvalidDecl();
9499 QualType T = FD->getType();
9500 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9501 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9503 // Set default calling convention for main()
9504 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
9505 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
9506 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
9507 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType());
9510 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9511 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
9512 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
9513 // implicit-return-zero rule.
9515 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
9516 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9517 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9519 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
9520 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9521 if (RTRange.isValid())
9522 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
9523 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
9526 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
9527 // set the flag which tells us that.
9528 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
9530 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
9531 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9532 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9534 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
9535 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9536 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
9537 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
9539 FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9543 // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
9544 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
9546 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
9547 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
9548 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
9550 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
9552 if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
9553 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
9554 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
9555 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
9558 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If
9559 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
9561 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
9562 HasExtraParameters = false;
9564 if (HasExtraParameters) {
9565 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
9566 FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9570 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
9571 // if we had some location information about types.
9574 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
9575 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
9577 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
9578 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
9580 bool mismatch = true;
9582 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
9584 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
9585 // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
9587 // char const * const *
9590 QualifierCollector qs;
9591 const PointerType* PT;
9592 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9593 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9594 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
9597 mismatch = !qs.empty();
9602 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
9603 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
9604 FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9608 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9609 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
9612 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9613 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9614 FD->setInvalidDecl();
9618 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9619 QualType T = FD->getType();
9620 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9621 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9623 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
9624 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
9625 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
9626 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
9627 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
9628 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
9629 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
9630 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9632 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9633 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9634 FD->setInvalidDecl();
9638 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
9639 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for
9640 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
9641 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list,
9642 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
9643 // expressions. Everything else falls under the
9644 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
9645 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
9646 // rules there don't matter.)
9647 const Expr *Culprit;
9648 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9650 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
9651 << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9656 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
9657 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
9658 class SelfReferenceChecker
9659 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
9664 bool isReferenceType;
9667 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
9670 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
9672 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
9673 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
9675 isRecordType = false;
9676 isReferenceType = false;
9678 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
9679 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
9680 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
9681 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
9685 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists,
9686 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
9687 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
9688 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
9689 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
9695 // Track and increment the index here.
9697 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
9698 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
9699 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
9700 ++InitFieldIndex.back();
9702 InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
9705 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed.
9706 // Returns false if additional checking is required.
9707 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
9708 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
9710 bool ReferenceField = false;
9712 // Get the field memebers used.
9713 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9714 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
9717 Fields.push_back(FD);
9718 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
9719 ReferenceField = true;
9720 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9723 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
9724 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
9725 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
9728 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
9729 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
9732 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
9733 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
9734 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
9735 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
9737 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
9738 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being
9739 // initialized, then the use is safe.
9740 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
9741 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
9742 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
9743 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
9744 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
9745 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
9747 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
9751 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
9752 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9756 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
9757 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
9758 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
9759 void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
9760 E = E->IgnoreParens();
9761 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9762 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9766 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9767 Visit(CO->getCond());
9768 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
9769 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
9773 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
9774 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9775 Visit(BCO->getCond());
9776 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
9780 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
9781 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
9785 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9786 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
9787 Visit(BO->getLHS());
9788 HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
9793 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9795 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
9796 false /*CheckReference*/))
9800 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9801 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9802 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
9803 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9805 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9807 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
9808 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9815 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
9816 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
9817 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
9818 if (isReferenceType)
9819 HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
9822 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
9823 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
9824 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9828 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
9831 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
9833 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
9837 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
9838 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
9840 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
9841 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
9842 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
9843 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
9844 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9845 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9846 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9848 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9851 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
9853 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9857 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
9858 // Visit that expression.
9862 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
9863 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
9865 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
9866 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
9869 for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
9870 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
9873 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
9874 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
9875 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
9876 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
9878 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9882 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
9883 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9887 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
9890 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
9892 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
9893 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
9894 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
9895 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
9896 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
9897 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
9898 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
9899 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
9900 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
9901 HandleValue(ArgExpr);
9904 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
9907 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
9908 // Treat std::move as a use.
9909 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) {
9910 HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
9914 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
9917 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
9918 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
9919 HandleValue(E->getLHS());
9924 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
9927 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
9928 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
9929 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
9930 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
9931 Visit(E->getCond());
9932 Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
9935 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
9936 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
9937 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
9939 if (isReferenceType) {
9940 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
9941 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
9942 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
9943 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9944 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9945 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
9946 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
9948 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
9952 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
9954 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
9955 << OrigDecl->getLocation()
9956 << DRE->getSourceRange());
9960 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
9961 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
9963 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
9964 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them.
9965 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
9968 E = E->IgnoreParens();
9970 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
9971 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
9972 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
9973 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
9974 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9975 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
9976 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
9979 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
9981 } // end anonymous namespace
9984 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is
9985 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic.
9986 struct VarDeclOrName {
9988 DeclarationName Name;
9990 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
9991 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) {
9992 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name;
9995 } // end anonymous namespace
9997 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
9998 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
9999 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
10000 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
10002 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
10003 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
10004 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
10006 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name};
10008 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType();
10009 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type");
10011 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
10013 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?");
10014 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
10015 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type;
10019 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits = Init;
10021 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init))
10022 DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
10025 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
10026 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?");
10027 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
10028 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
10029 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
10030 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits.
10031 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end());
10032 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind,
10037 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
10038 DeduceInits = IL->inits();
10041 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
10042 if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
10043 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
10044 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
10045 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
10046 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
10047 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
10048 << VN << Type << Range;
10052 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
10053 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(),
10054 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
10055 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
10056 << VN << Type << Range;
10060 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
10061 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
10062 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
10063 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
10064 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
10065 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range;
10069 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
10070 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
10071 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
10072 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
10073 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
10074 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10077 Init = Result.get();
10078 DefaultedAnyToId = true;
10081 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1:
10082 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier
10083 // is present, e has type cv A
10084 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) &&
10085 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) &&
10086 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType())
10087 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(),
10088 Type.getQualifiers());
10090 QualType DeducedType;
10091 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
10092 if (!IsInitCapture)
10093 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
10094 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
10095 Diag(Range.getBegin(),
10096 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
10098 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
10099 : DeduceInit->getType())
10100 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
10102 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
10103 << VN << TSI->getType()
10104 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
10105 : DeduceInit->getType())
10106 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
10109 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
10110 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
10112 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
10113 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
10114 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture &&
10115 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
10116 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10117 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range;
10120 return DeducedType;
10123 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
10125 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
10126 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(),
10127 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
10128 if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
10129 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10133 VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
10134 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
10136 // In ARC, infer lifetime.
10137 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
10138 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10140 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
10141 // the previously declared type.
10142 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
10143 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
10144 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
10145 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
10148 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
10149 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
10150 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl();
10153 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
10154 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
10155 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
10156 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
10157 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore
10158 // the initializer.
10159 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10160 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
10164 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10165 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
10166 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
10167 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
10168 Method->setInvalidDecl();
10172 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
10174 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
10175 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
10176 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10180 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
10181 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10182 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
10183 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
10185 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
10186 if (!Res.isUsable()) {
10187 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10192 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init))
10196 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
10197 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
10198 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
10199 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10203 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
10204 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
10205 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
10206 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10210 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
10211 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
10212 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
10213 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
10214 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
10215 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
10216 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
10217 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
10218 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10219 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10223 // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
10224 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
10225 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10226 AbstractVariableType))
10227 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10230 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
10231 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
10232 // handle the situation.
10234 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl &&
10235 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
10236 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
10237 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
10240 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10241 // C++ [class.static.data]p4
10242 // If a static data member is of const integral or const
10243 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
10244 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
10245 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
10246 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
10247 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
10248 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
10250 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
10251 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
10252 // declaration with an initializer.
10253 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
10254 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
10255 << VDecl->getDeclName();
10256 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
10257 diag::note_previous_initializer)
10262 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
10263 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10265 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
10266 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10271 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
10272 // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
10273 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
10274 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
10275 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10279 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
10280 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
10281 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
10283 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
10284 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
10285 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
10286 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
10287 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
10288 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10289 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10292 Init = Result.get();
10295 // Perform the initialization.
10296 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
10297 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10298 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
10299 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
10300 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
10302 MultiExprArg Args = Init;
10304 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
10305 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
10307 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
10308 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
10309 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
10310 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
10311 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
10312 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
10314 if (Res.isInvalid()) {
10315 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10316 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
10317 Args[Idx] = Res.get();
10320 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10323 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
10324 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
10325 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
10326 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
10327 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10328 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10332 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
10335 // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
10336 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
10337 // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
10338 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
10339 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
10340 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
10343 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
10344 // completed by the initializer. For example:
10345 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
10346 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
10347 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
10348 VDecl->setType(DclT);
10350 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10351 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
10353 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
10354 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
10356 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
10357 // Although this code can still have problems:
10358 // id x = self.weakProp;
10359 // id y = self.weakProp;
10360 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
10361 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
10362 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
10363 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
10364 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) &&
10365 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
10366 Init->getLocStart()))
10367 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
10370 // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
10372 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
10373 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
10374 // full-expression. For instance, in:
10376 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
10377 // struct S { S(Temp); };
10378 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
10380 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
10381 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
10383 VDecl->isConstexpr());
10384 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10385 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10388 Init = Result.get();
10390 // Attach the initializer to the decl.
10391 VDecl->setInit(Init);
10393 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
10394 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed.
10395 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10398 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized.
10399 // This is true even in OpenCL C++.
10400 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
10401 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10403 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer.
10404 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10407 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
10408 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
10409 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
10410 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10412 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers.
10413 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
10414 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
10415 // constant expressions.
10416 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
10417 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
10418 const Expr *Culprit;
10419 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) {
10420 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
10421 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
10422 << Culprit->getSourceRange();
10425 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
10426 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
10427 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
10430 // static const int value = 17;
10433 // C++ [class.mem]p4:
10434 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
10435 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
10436 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
10438 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
10439 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
10440 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
10441 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause
10442 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
10443 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
10444 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
10445 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
10446 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
10448 // Do nothing on dependent types.
10449 if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
10451 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
10452 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
10454 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
10456 // Require constness.
10457 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
10458 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
10459 << Init->getSourceRange();
10460 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10462 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
10463 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
10464 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
10465 SourceLocation Loc;
10466 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
10467 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
10468 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
10469 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
10470 else if (Init->isValueDependent())
10471 ; // Nothing to check.
10472 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
10473 ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
10474 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
10475 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
10476 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
10477 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10478 << Init->getSourceRange();
10480 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the
10481 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
10482 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10483 << Init->getSourceRange();
10484 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10487 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
10488 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
10489 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
10490 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
10491 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
10492 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
10493 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
10494 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10495 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
10496 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
10497 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
10499 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
10500 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10502 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
10503 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10504 << Init->getSourceRange();
10505 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10509 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
10510 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
10511 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
10512 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
10513 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
10514 VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
10517 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
10518 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10519 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10521 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
10522 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
10523 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
10524 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
10525 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
10526 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
10527 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
10529 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
10530 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
10531 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
10532 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
10533 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
10534 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
10536 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
10537 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10538 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10541 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
10542 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1;
10543 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
10545 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
10546 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
10547 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
10548 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
10549 // special case code.
10552 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
10553 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
10555 if (CXXDirectInit) {
10556 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
10557 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10558 } else if (DirectInit) {
10559 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
10560 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
10563 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
10566 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
10567 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
10569 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
10570 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
10571 // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
10572 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10574 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10577 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10578 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
10579 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
10580 BD->setInvalidDecl();
10582 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10583 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
10584 D->setInvalidDecl();
10588 QualType Ty = VD->getType();
10589 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
10591 // Require a complete type.
10592 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
10593 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
10594 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10595 VD->setInvalidDecl();
10599 // Require a non-abstract type.
10600 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
10601 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10602 AbstractVariableType)) {
10603 VD->setInvalidDecl();
10607 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
10611 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) {
10612 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
10616 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10617 QualType Type = Var->getType();
10619 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
10620 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10621 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
10622 Var->setInvalidDecl();
10626 if (Type->isUndeducedType() &&
10627 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr))
10630 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
10631 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
10632 // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
10633 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
10634 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
10636 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10637 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
10638 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
10639 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
10640 // a definition there.
10641 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) {
10642 Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10643 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
10644 << Var->getDeclName();
10645 Var->setInvalidDecl();
10649 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
10650 Var->setInvalidDecl();
10655 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
10657 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10658 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
10659 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
10660 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
10661 Var->setInvalidDecl();
10665 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10666 case VarDecl::Definition:
10667 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
10670 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
10671 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
10676 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
10677 // It's only a declaration.
10679 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
10680 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
10681 // object shall be complete.
10682 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
10683 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10684 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10685 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
10686 Var->setInvalidDecl();
10688 // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
10689 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10690 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10691 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10692 AbstractVariableType))
10693 Var->setInvalidDecl();
10694 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10695 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
10696 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
10697 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
10702 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
10703 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
10704 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
10705 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
10706 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
10707 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
10708 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
10709 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
10710 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
10711 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10712 ArrayT->getElementType(),
10713 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
10714 Var->setInvalidDecl();
10715 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
10716 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
10717 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
10718 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
10719 // NOTE: code such as the following
10720 // static struct s;
10721 // struct s { int a; };
10722 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
10723 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
10724 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
10725 if (Var->isFirstDecl())
10726 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10727 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
10731 // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
10732 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
10733 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
10737 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10738 // definitions with incomplete array type.
10739 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
10740 Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10741 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
10742 Var->setInvalidDecl();
10746 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10747 // definitions with reference type.
10748 if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
10749 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
10750 << Var->getDeclName()
10751 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
10752 Var->setInvalidDecl();
10756 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
10757 // variable with dependent type.
10758 if (Type->isDependentType())
10761 if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
10764 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
10765 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10766 Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
10767 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10768 Var->setInvalidDecl();
10775 // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
10776 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10777 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10778 AbstractVariableType)) {
10779 Var->setInvalidDecl();
10783 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x
10784 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
10785 // storage duration", not a "local variable".
10786 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
10787 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
10788 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
10789 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
10790 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
10791 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
10792 // types and is declared without an initializer.
10793 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10794 if (const RecordType *Record
10795 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10796 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
10797 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
10798 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
10799 // incompatibilities with C++98.
10800 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
10801 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10805 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
10806 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
10807 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
10808 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
10809 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
10810 // type shall have a user-declared default
10811 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
10812 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
10813 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
10814 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
10815 // program is ill-formed.
10816 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
10817 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
10818 // default-initialized; [...].
10819 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
10820 InitializationKind Kind
10821 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
10823 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10824 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10825 if (Init.isInvalid())
10826 Var->setInvalidDecl();
10827 else if (Init.get()) {
10828 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
10829 // This is important for template substitution.
10830 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10833 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
10837 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
10838 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
10842 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10844 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
10845 D->setInvalidDecl();
10849 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10851 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
10853 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
10862 case SC_PrivateExtern:
10873 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
10874 << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
10875 D->setInvalidDecl();
10880 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
10881 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
10882 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
10883 SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
10884 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
10885 // A range-based for statement of the form
10886 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10887 // is equivalent to
10888 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10889 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10891 const char *PrevSpec;
10893 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
10894 getPrintingPolicy());
10896 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
10897 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
10898 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
10900 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10901 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
10902 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
10903 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
10904 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10905 FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
10906 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
10907 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
10910 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
10911 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10913 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10914 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
10916 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
10918 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
10920 var->setInvalidDecl();
10925 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
10926 // local retaining variable.
10927 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10928 var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10929 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
10930 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
10931 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
10932 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
10935 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
10936 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
10937 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10942 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
10943 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global
10944 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
10945 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
10946 // change if it's later given a typedef name.
10947 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10948 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
10949 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
10950 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
10951 var->getLocation())) {
10952 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
10953 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
10954 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
10955 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
10958 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
10961 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
10962 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
10963 const Expr *CacheCulprit;
10964 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
10965 if (!CacheHasConstInit)
10966 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
10967 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
10968 return *CacheHasConstInit;
10971 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
10972 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
10973 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
10974 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
10975 // have a non-trivial destructor.
10976 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
10977 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10978 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10979 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
10980 if (!checkConstInit()) {
10981 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
10982 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
10984 // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
10985 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
10986 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
10987 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10988 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10993 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
10994 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
10995 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10996 !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
10997 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
10998 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
10999 if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
11000 Stack = &ConstSegStack;
11001 else if (!var->getInit()) {
11002 Stack = &BSSSegStack;
11003 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
11005 Stack = &DataSegStack;
11006 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
11008 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
11009 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
11010 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
11011 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
11013 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
11014 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
11015 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
11017 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the
11018 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
11020 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
11021 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
11025 // All the following checks are C++ only.
11026 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11027 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
11029 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
11030 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
11034 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
11035 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
11037 QualType type = var->getType();
11038 if (type->isDependentType()) return;
11040 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
11041 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
11042 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
11043 // array type; should we diagnose that here?
11045 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
11046 // constructing this copy.
11047 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
11048 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(
11049 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
11050 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
11051 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
11053 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
11054 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
11055 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
11056 if (!result.isInvalid()) {
11057 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
11058 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
11059 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
11064 Expr *Init = var->getInit();
11065 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
11066 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
11068 if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
11069 if (var->isConstexpr()) {
11070 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
11071 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
11072 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
11073 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
11074 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
11075 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
11076 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
11077 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
11080 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
11081 << var << Init->getSourceRange();
11082 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
11083 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
11085 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
11086 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
11087 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
11088 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
11089 var->checkInitIsICE();
11092 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they
11093 // were just diagnosed.
11094 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage &&
11095 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) {
11096 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here.
11097 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
11098 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit();
11100 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>();
11101 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
11102 << Init->getSourceRange();
11103 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
11104 << attr->getRange();
11105 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
11107 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
11108 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes);
11109 for (auto &it : Notes)
11110 Diag(it.first, it.second);
11112 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(),
11113 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr)
11114 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
11118 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal &&
11119 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
11120 var->getLocation())) {
11121 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't
11122 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
11123 // warned about them.
11124 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
11125 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
11126 if (!checkConstInit())
11127 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
11128 << Init->getSourceRange();
11133 // Require the destructor.
11134 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
11135 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
11137 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
11139 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
11140 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
11143 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
11144 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
11145 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
11147 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
11148 if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
11153 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
11154 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
11155 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
11156 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
11157 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
11159 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
11163 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active
11164 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
11165 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
11166 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid)
11167 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11168 PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName,
11169 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation));
11170 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid)
11171 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11172 PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName,
11173 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation));
11174 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid)
11175 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11176 PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName,
11177 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation));
11180 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
11181 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
11182 FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
11186 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
11188 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
11189 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
11190 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
11191 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
11192 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
11193 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
11194 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) &&
11195 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11196 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
11197 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
11198 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
11199 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
11200 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
11205 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
11206 if (FunctionDecl *FD =
11207 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
11208 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
11209 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
11210 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
11211 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
11212 VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
11214 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__
11215 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with
11216 // static storage class.
11217 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() &&
11218 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(),
11219 diag::err_device_static_local_var)
11220 << CurrentCUDATarget())
11221 VD->setInvalidDecl();
11225 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
11226 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
11227 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
11228 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
11229 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
11230 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
11231 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit();
11232 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) {
11233 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() ||
11234 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) {
11235 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>());
11236 bool AllowedInit = false;
11237 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
11239 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor());
11240 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty
11241 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC,
11242 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors.
11243 if (!AllowedInit &&
11244 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()))
11245 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
11246 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType());
11248 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty.
11250 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
11252 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor());
11254 if (!AllowedInit) {
11255 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()
11256 ? diag::err_shared_var_init
11257 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init)
11258 << Init->getSourceRange();
11259 VD->setInvalidDecl();
11262 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is
11263 // callable from the host side.
11264 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr;
11265 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
11266 InitFn = CE->getConstructor();
11267 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) {
11268 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee();
11271 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn);
11272 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) {
11273 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer)
11274 << InitFnTarget << InitFn;
11275 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn;
11276 VD->setInvalidDecl();
11283 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
11284 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
11286 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
11287 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
11288 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
11289 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
11290 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
11292 CXXRecordDecl *Context =
11293 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
11294 bool IsClassTemplateMember =
11295 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
11296 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11298 Diag(VD->getLocation(),
11299 IsClassTemplateMember
11300 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
11301 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
11302 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
11303 if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
11304 VD->setInvalidDecl();
11308 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
11309 // isn't exported with the variable.
11310 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
11311 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
11312 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
11313 assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
11314 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
11315 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
11316 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
11318 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
11320 VD->setInvalidDecl();
11324 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
11325 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
11326 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
11327 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
11331 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
11332 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
11333 // member, set the visibility of this variable.
11334 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
11335 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
11337 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations.
11338 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
11339 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
11341 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
11343 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
11344 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
11347 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
11348 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
11349 if (!MagicValueExpr) {
11352 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
11353 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
11354 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
11355 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
11356 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
11359 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
11360 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
11361 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
11362 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
11365 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
11366 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
11368 I->getMatchingCType(),
11369 I->getLayoutCompatible(),
11370 I->getMustBeNull());
11374 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
11375 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD);
11376 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType();
11379 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
11380 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11381 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
11383 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
11384 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
11386 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
11387 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
11388 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
11389 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr;
11390 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false;
11392 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11393 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
11394 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need
11396 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
11397 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
11398 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
11399 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
11400 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
11401 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() &&
11402 !hasDeducedAuto(DD))
11403 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD;
11405 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) {
11406 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
11407 // declaration in the same group.
11408 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
11409 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
11410 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
11411 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
11412 << DD->getSourceRange();
11413 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
11416 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a
11417 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other
11418 // declarator in the same group.
11419 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) {
11420 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(),
11421 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone)
11422 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType()
11423 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType()
11424 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
11425 << DD->getSourceRange();
11426 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true;
11431 Decls.push_back(D);
11435 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
11436 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
11437 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
11438 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
11439 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11440 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
11444 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls);
11447 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
11448 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
11449 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
11450 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11451 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347)
11452 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each
11453 // deduction, the program is ill-formed.
11454 if (Group.size() > 1) {
11456 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
11457 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11458 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]);
11459 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl())
11461 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType();
11462 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull())
11464 if (Deduced.isNull()) {
11465 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType();
11467 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) {
11468 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT);
11469 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
11470 diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
11471 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3)
11472 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
11473 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName()
11474 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
11475 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
11476 D->setInvalidDecl();
11482 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
11484 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
11485 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
11488 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
11489 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
11492 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11493 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
11494 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
11497 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
11498 Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
11499 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
11500 Group[0]->getLocation()))
11503 if (Group.size() >= 2) {
11504 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations
11505 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or
11506 // additional declaration references:
11507 // 'typedef struct S {} S;'
11508 // 'typedef struct S *S;'
11510 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
11511 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
11512 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
11513 Group = Group.slice(1);
11517 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
11518 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
11519 if (!Comments.empty() &&
11520 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
11521 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
11522 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
11524 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
11525 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
11526 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
11527 // ahead through comments.
11528 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
11529 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
11533 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
11534 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
11535 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
11536 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
11538 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
11540 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
11541 StorageClass SC = SC_None;
11542 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
11544 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
11545 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension.
11546 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
11547 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11548 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
11549 : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
11550 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
11552 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11553 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
11555 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
11556 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11557 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
11558 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
11561 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11562 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
11563 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11564 if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
11565 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
11566 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
11567 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
11568 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
11571 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
11573 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11574 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
11576 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11577 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
11579 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11581 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
11582 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
11583 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
11584 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
11585 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
11589 // Ensure we have a valid name
11590 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
11592 II = D.getIdentifier();
11594 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
11595 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
11596 D.setInvalidType(true);
11600 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
11602 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
11603 ForVisibleRedeclaration);
11605 if (R.isSingleResult()) {
11606 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
11607 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11608 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11609 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11610 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11611 PrevDecl = nullptr;
11612 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11613 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
11614 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11616 // Recover by removing the name
11618 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
11619 D.setInvalidType(true);
11624 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
11625 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally
11626 // looking like class members in C++.
11627 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
11629 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
11630 parmDeclType, TInfo,
11633 if (D.isInvalidType())
11634 New->setInvalidDecl();
11636 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
11637 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
11638 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
11639 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
11641 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
11644 IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
11646 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
11648 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11649 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11650 << 1 << New->getDeclName()
11651 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11652 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11654 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
11655 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
11660 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
11662 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
11663 SourceLocation Loc,
11665 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
11666 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
11667 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
11668 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
11669 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
11671 Param->setImplicit();
11675 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
11676 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
11677 // will already have done so in the template itself.
11678 if (inTemplateInstantiation())
11681 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11682 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
11683 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
11684 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
11685 << Parameter->getDeclName();
11690 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
11691 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
11692 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
11695 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11697 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
11698 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
11699 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11700 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
11701 << D->getDeclName() << Size;
11704 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11706 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11707 QualType T = Parameter->getType();
11708 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
11710 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
11711 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11712 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
11713 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size;
11717 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11718 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
11719 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
11721 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
11722 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
11723 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
11724 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
11726 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
11728 // Special cases for arrays:
11729 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
11730 // - otherwise, it's an error
11731 if (T->isArrayType()) {
11732 if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
11733 DelayedDiagnostics.add(
11734 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
11735 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
11737 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
11739 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
11741 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
11744 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
11745 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
11746 TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
11748 // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
11749 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
11750 // the class has been completely parsed.
11751 if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
11752 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11753 AbstractParamType))
11754 New->setInvalidDecl();
11756 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
11757 // passed by reference.
11758 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
11759 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
11760 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd());
11762 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
11763 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
11764 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
11768 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
11769 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
11770 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
11771 // an address space.
11772 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
11773 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
11774 // to be qualified with an address space.
11775 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
11776 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) {
11777 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
11778 New->setInvalidDecl();
11784 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
11785 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
11786 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
11788 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
11789 // for a K&R function.
11790 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
11791 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
11793 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
11794 SmallString<256> Code;
11795 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
11796 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
11797 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
11798 << FTI.Params[i].Ident
11799 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
11801 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
11803 AttributeFactory attrs;
11804 DeclSpec DS(attrs);
11805 const char* PrevSpec; // unused
11806 unsigned DiagID; // unused
11807 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
11808 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11809 // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
11810 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11811 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11812 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
11813 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11814 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
11821 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
11822 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11823 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11824 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
11825 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
11826 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
11828 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
11829 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
11830 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
11833 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
11834 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
11837 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
11838 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
11839 // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
11840 if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11843 // Or declarations that aren't global.
11844 if (!FD->isGlobal())
11847 // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
11848 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
11851 // Don't warn about 'main'.
11855 // Don't warn about inline functions.
11856 if (FD->isInlined())
11859 // Don't warn about function templates.
11860 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11863 // Don't warn about function template specializations.
11864 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
11867 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
11868 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
11871 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
11872 if (FD->isDeleted())
11875 bool MissingPrototype = true;
11876 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
11877 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
11878 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
11879 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
11880 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
11883 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
11884 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
11885 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
11889 return MissingPrototype;
11893 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
11894 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
11895 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11896 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
11898 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
11901 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
11904 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected
11906 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition))
11909 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
11910 // a template, skip the new definition.
11911 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
11912 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
11913 Definition->isInlined() ||
11914 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
11915 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
11916 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
11917 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11918 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD);
11919 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition));
11923 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
11924 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
11925 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
11926 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
11928 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
11930 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11931 FD->setInvalidDecl();
11934 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
11936 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
11938 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
11939 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
11940 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
11941 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
11942 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
11944 if (LCD == LCD_None)
11945 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
11946 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
11947 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
11948 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
11949 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
11950 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
11952 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
11953 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
11955 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
11956 // captured within tryCaptureVar.
11957 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
11958 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
11959 if (C.capturesVariable()) {
11960 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
11961 if (VD->isInitCapture())
11962 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
11963 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
11964 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
11965 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
11966 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
11967 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
11968 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
11969 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
11971 } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
11972 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
11974 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
11976 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
11982 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
11983 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11986 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
11988 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
11989 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
11991 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
11993 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition.
11994 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
11995 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0;
11996 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
11997 FD->setInvalidDecl();
11999 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) {
12000 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1;
12001 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>();
12002 FD->setInvalidDecl();
12005 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then
12006 // these checks were already performed when it was set.
12007 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
12008 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
12010 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
12011 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
12015 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to
12016 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
12018 FD->setWillHaveBody();
12020 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
12021 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information
12022 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
12023 // LambdaScopeInfo.
12024 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
12025 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
12026 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
12027 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
12028 // have the LSI properly restored.
12029 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
12030 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() &&
12031 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
12032 "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
12033 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
12035 // Enter a new function scope
12036 PushFunctionScope();
12039 // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
12040 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
12041 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
12042 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
12043 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
12044 FD->setInvalidDecl();
12048 // The return type of a function definition must be complete
12049 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
12050 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
12051 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
12052 !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
12053 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
12054 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
12055 FD->setInvalidDecl();
12058 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
12060 // Check the validity of our function parameters
12061 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
12062 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
12064 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current
12067 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) {
12068 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD);
12071 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) &&
12072 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet");
12074 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope.
12075 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName())
12076 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
12078 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
12079 // accessible in this scope.
12080 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) {
12081 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
12082 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
12087 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
12088 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
12089 Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
12091 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12092 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
12093 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
12095 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
12099 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
12100 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
12101 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
12103 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
12104 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
12105 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
12106 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
12107 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
12108 FD->setInvalidDecl();
12111 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
12112 // a function template).
12113 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
12114 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12115 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
12116 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
12117 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
12122 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
12123 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
12126 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
12127 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
12128 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
12129 /// use the named return value optimization.
12131 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
12132 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
12133 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
12134 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
12135 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
12137 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
12138 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
12139 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
12140 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
12145 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
12146 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
12147 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
12150 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
12151 // return type (yet).
12152 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) {
12153 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
12154 // we can still delay parsing it.
12155 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
12156 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
12157 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
12158 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
12159 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
12160 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
12169 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
12170 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
12171 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
12172 // rest of the file.
12173 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
12174 // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
12175 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
12176 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
12178 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
12181 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
12184 if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction())
12185 FD->setHasSkippedBody();
12186 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
12187 MD->setHasSkippedBody();
12191 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
12192 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
12195 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
12196 bool IsInstantiation) {
12197 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
12199 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
12200 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
12202 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine())
12203 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
12207 FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
12209 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
12210 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
12211 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
12212 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
12213 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
12214 // the deduced result type is 'void'.
12215 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
12216 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
12217 << FD->getReturnType();
12218 FD->setInvalidDecl();
12220 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
12221 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
12222 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
12223 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
12226 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
12227 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
12228 // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
12229 auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
12230 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
12231 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
12233 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
12234 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
12235 // [the deduced type is] the type void
12237 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
12239 // Update the return type to the deduced type.
12240 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
12241 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
12242 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
12243 Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
12247 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
12248 // don't complain about missing return statements.
12249 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
12250 WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
12252 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
12253 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
12254 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
12255 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
12257 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12258 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
12259 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
12260 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
12261 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
12262 FD->getReturnType(), FD);
12264 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
12265 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
12266 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
12267 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
12268 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
12270 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
12271 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
12272 // to deduce an implicit return type.
12273 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
12274 !FD->isDependentContext())
12275 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
12278 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
12279 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
12280 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
12281 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
12282 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
12283 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
12284 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
12285 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
12287 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
12288 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
12289 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
12290 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
12291 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
12292 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
12293 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
12294 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
12295 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
12296 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
12297 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
12301 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
12302 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration.
12303 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide
12304 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype.
12305 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition
12306 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters
12307 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14)
12308 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 &&
12309 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
12310 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
12311 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
12312 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>();
12313 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2;
12317 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
12318 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
12319 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
12321 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
12322 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
12323 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
12324 if (FD->isInlined() &&
12325 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
12326 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
12328 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
12329 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
12330 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
12331 const FunctionDecl *Definition;
12332 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
12333 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
12335 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
12336 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
12341 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
12342 "Function parsing confused");
12343 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
12344 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
12346 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12347 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters());
12348 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
12349 MD->getReturnType(), MD);
12352 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
12354 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
12355 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
12356 << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
12357 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
12359 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
12360 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
12361 bool isDesignated =
12362 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
12363 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
12364 (void)isDesignated;
12366 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
12367 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
12370 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
12373 return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
12374 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
12376 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
12378 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
12379 Diag(MD->getLocation(),
12380 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
12381 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
12382 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
12384 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
12386 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
12387 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
12388 if (!MD->isUnavailable())
12389 Diag(MD->getLocation(),
12390 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
12391 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
12397 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
12398 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
12400 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
12401 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
12402 "handled in the block above.");
12404 // Verify and clean out per-function state.
12405 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
12406 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
12407 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
12409 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
12410 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
12412 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
12413 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
12414 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
12415 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
12417 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
12418 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
12419 CheckDestructor(Destructor);
12421 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
12422 Destructor->getParent());
12425 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
12426 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
12427 // deletion in some later function.
12428 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
12429 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
12430 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12432 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
12433 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
12434 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
12436 ActivePolicy = &WP;
12439 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
12440 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
12441 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
12442 FD->setInvalidDecl();
12444 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
12445 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
12446 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
12447 // require prologue.
12448 bool RegisterVariables = false;
12449 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
12450 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
12451 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
12452 RegisterVariables =
12453 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
12454 if (!RegisterVariables)
12459 if (RegisterVariables)
12461 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
12462 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
12463 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
12464 FD->setInvalidDecl();
12470 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
12471 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
12472 "Leftover temporaries in function");
12473 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
12474 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
12475 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
12478 if (!IsInstantiation)
12481 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
12482 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
12483 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
12484 // deletion in some later function.
12485 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
12486 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12492 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
12494 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
12495 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
12496 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
12497 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
12498 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
12499 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
12501 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
12502 if (Method->isStatic())
12503 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
12506 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
12507 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
12508 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
12509 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
12510 Scope *BlockScope = S;
12511 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent())
12512 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent();
12514 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
12515 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
12516 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
12517 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
12518 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II);
12520 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so
12521 // that later (non-call) uses can see it.
12522 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false);
12524 // C89 footnote 38:
12525 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int",
12526 // the behavior is undefined.
12527 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) ||
12528 !Context.typesAreCompatible(
12529 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(),
12530 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) {
12531 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration)
12532 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99;
12533 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12534 return ExternCPrev;
12538 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it.
12539 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported.
12541 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
12542 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
12543 else if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().OpenCL)
12544 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
12546 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
12547 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II << getLangOpts().OpenCL;
12549 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building
12550 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing
12553 return ExternCPrev;
12555 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
12556 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
12557 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
12558 TypoCorrection Corrected;
12560 (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
12561 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
12562 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
12563 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
12564 /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
12567 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
12569 AttributeFactory attrFactory;
12570 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
12572 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
12573 Context.getPrintingPolicy());
12574 (void)Error; // Silence warning.
12575 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
12576 SourceLocation NoLoc;
12577 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
12578 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
12579 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
12580 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
12581 /*Params=*/nullptr,
12583 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
12584 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
12586 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
12587 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12588 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12589 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12590 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12591 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
12593 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
12594 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
12595 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
12596 /*NumExceptions=*/0,
12597 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
12598 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
12599 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None,
12601 DS.getAttributes(),
12603 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
12605 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope.
12606 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D));
12609 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
12614 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
12615 /// the declaration of this function.
12617 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
12618 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
12619 /// like NSLog or printf.
12621 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
12622 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
12623 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
12624 if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
12627 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
12628 // actual attributes.
12629 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
12630 // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
12631 unsigned FormatIdx;
12633 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
12634 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
12635 const char *fmt = "printf";
12636 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
12637 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
12638 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
12640 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12641 &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
12643 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12644 FD->getLocation()));
12647 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
12649 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12650 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12651 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
12653 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12654 FD->getLocation()));
12657 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing
12658 // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM
12659 // intrinsics for such functions.
12660 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() &&
12661 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID))
12662 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12664 // We make "fma" on GNU or Windows const because we know it does not set
12665 // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the
12667 const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
12668 if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) &&
12669 !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) {
12670 switch (BuiltinID) {
12671 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma:
12672 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf:
12673 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal:
12674 case Builtin::BIfma:
12675 case Builtin::BIfmaf:
12676 case Builtin::BIfmal:
12677 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12684 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
12685 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
12686 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12687 FD->getLocation()));
12688 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
12689 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12690 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
12691 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12692 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12693 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12694 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
12695 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
12696 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
12697 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
12698 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
12699 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
12700 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
12701 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12703 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12707 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
12708 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
12710 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
12711 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
12712 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
12713 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
12714 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12717 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
12720 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12721 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
12722 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
12723 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
12724 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
12725 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
12730 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
12731 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
12732 // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
12733 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12734 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12735 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
12736 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
12737 FD->getLocation()));
12740 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
12741 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
12742 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
12743 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
12744 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
12745 FD->getLocation()));
12749 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
12750 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
12751 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
12752 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
12755 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
12756 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
12759 // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
12760 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12762 D.getIdentifierLoc(),
12766 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
12767 if (D.isInvalidType()) {
12768 NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
12772 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
12773 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
12774 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
12775 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
12776 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
12777 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
12779 NewTD->setModulePrivate();
12782 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
12783 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
12784 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
12785 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
12786 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
12787 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
12788 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
12791 case TST_interface:
12794 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
12795 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
12806 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
12807 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
12808 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
12809 QualType T = TI->getType();
12811 if (T->isDependentType())
12814 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
12815 if (BT->isInteger())
12818 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
12822 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
12823 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
12824 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(
12825 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
12826 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) {
12827 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
12829 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
12830 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
12831 << Prev->isScoped();
12832 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12836 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
12837 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
12838 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
12839 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
12840 Prev->getIntegerType())) {
12841 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
12842 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
12843 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
12844 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
12845 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
12848 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) {
12850 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) {
12852 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
12853 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
12854 << Prev->isFixed();
12855 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12862 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
12863 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
12864 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
12866 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
12867 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
12869 case TTK_Struct: return 0;
12870 case TTK_Interface: return 1;
12871 case TTK_Class: return 2;
12872 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
12876 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
12877 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
12879 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
12880 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
12882 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
12885 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl,
12887 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
12888 return NTK_Typedef;
12889 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
12890 return NTK_TypeAlias;
12891 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12892 return NTK_Template;
12893 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12894 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
12895 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
12896 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
12899 case TTK_Interface:
12901 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct;
12903 return NTK_NonUnion;
12905 return NTK_NonEnum;
12907 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK");
12910 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
12911 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
12913 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
12914 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
12915 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
12916 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
12917 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
12918 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
12919 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the
12920 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
12921 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
12922 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of
12923 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
12924 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
12925 // definition of the class. Thus, in any
12926 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
12927 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
12928 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
12929 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
12930 // declared using the class or struct class-key.
12931 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
12932 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
12933 if (OldTag == NewTag)
12936 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
12937 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
12938 bool isTemplate = false;
12939 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
12940 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
12942 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) {
12943 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
12944 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
12945 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12946 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12947 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12951 if (isDefinition) {
12952 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
12953 // one that doesn't match the current tag.
12954 if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12955 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
12959 bool previousMismatch = false;
12960 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
12961 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
12962 if (!previousMismatch) {
12963 previousMismatch = true;
12964 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
12965 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12966 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
12968 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12969 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
12970 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
12971 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
12977 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition
12978 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with
12979 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
12980 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
12981 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
12982 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
12986 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12987 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12988 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12989 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
12991 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
12992 if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12993 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12994 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
12995 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
12996 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
13004 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
13005 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
13006 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
13010 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
13013 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
13014 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13015 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
13016 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until
13017 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
13018 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
13019 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
13020 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
13021 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
13022 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
13023 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
13024 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
13025 return FixItHint();
13026 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
13027 Namespaces.push_back(II);
13028 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
13029 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
13030 if (Lookup == Namespace)
13034 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
13036 SmallString<64> Insertion;
13037 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
13038 if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
13040 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
13041 for (auto *II : Namespaces)
13042 OS << II->getName() << "::";
13043 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
13046 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
13047 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
13048 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
13049 /// using-declaration).
13050 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
13051 DeclContext *NewDC) {
13052 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
13053 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
13055 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
13058 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
13059 // encloses the other).
13060 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
13061 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
13067 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the
13068 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null.
13069 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
13070 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
13072 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
13073 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
13075 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
13076 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
13077 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
13078 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
13079 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
13080 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
13081 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
13082 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
13083 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
13084 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
13085 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
13086 TypeResult UnderlyingType,
13087 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
13088 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13089 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
13090 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
13091 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
13092 "Nameless record must be a definition!");
13093 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
13096 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
13097 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
13099 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully.
13100 bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
13101 bool Invalid = false;
13103 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
13104 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
13105 // for non-C++ cases.
13106 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
13107 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
13108 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
13109 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
13110 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
13111 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) {
13112 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
13113 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
13117 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
13118 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
13119 // be a member of another template).
13125 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
13126 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
13127 TemplateParams, AS,
13129 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
13130 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
13131 TemplateParameterLists.data(),
13133 return Result.get();
13135 // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
13136 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
13137 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
13138 isMemberSpecialization = true;
13143 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
13144 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
13146 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
13147 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false;
13149 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
13150 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
13151 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
13152 // type, default to int.
13153 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
13154 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
13155 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
13156 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
13157 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
13158 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
13159 EnumUnderlying = TI;
13161 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
13162 // Recover by falling back to int.
13163 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
13165 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
13166 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
13167 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
13169 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
13170 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13171 // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
13172 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
13173 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true;
13178 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
13179 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
13180 bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
13181 bool isStdAlignValT = false;
13183 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext();
13184 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
13185 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
13187 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C
13188 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl
13189 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed.
13190 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * {
13191 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage");
13192 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
13193 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
13195 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
13196 TagDecl *New = nullptr;
13198 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
13199 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr,
13200 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
13201 !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
13202 // If this is an undefined enum, bail.
13203 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid)
13205 if (EnumUnderlying) {
13206 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13207 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>())
13208 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
13210 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0));
13211 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
13213 } else { // struct/union
13214 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13218 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
13219 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked
13220 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure.
13222 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
13223 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
13224 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
13225 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
13226 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
13227 // parsing of the struct).
13228 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13229 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
13230 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
13233 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
13237 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
13238 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
13239 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
13241 // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
13242 if (SS.isInvalid()) {
13244 goto CreateNewDecl;
13247 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
13248 // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
13249 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
13250 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
13252 IsDependent = true;
13256 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
13258 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
13264 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
13268 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
13269 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
13271 if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
13274 if (Previous.empty()) {
13275 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
13276 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
13277 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
13278 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
13279 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
13280 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
13281 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
13282 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
13283 IsDependent = true;
13287 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
13288 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
13289 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
13292 goto CreateNewDecl;
13295 // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
13296 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
13297 // name different from T:
13298 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type
13299 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
13300 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
13303 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
13304 // declaration or definition.
13305 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
13306 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
13307 // shouldn't be diagnosing.
13308 LookupName(Previous, S);
13310 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
13311 // by types using'ed into this scope.
13312 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
13313 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
13314 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
13315 while (F.hasNext()) {
13316 NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
13317 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
13318 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
13324 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
13325 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
13326 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
13327 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
13328 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
13329 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
13331 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
13332 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
13333 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions.
13335 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
13336 // semantic context?
13337 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13338 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
13339 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
13340 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
13341 while (F.hasNext()) {
13342 NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
13343 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
13344 if (DC->isFileContext() &&
13345 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
13346 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
13347 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
13354 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
13355 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
13356 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
13357 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
13358 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
13359 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
13363 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
13364 if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
13367 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
13368 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
13369 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
13370 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
13371 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
13372 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
13373 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
13377 if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
13378 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
13379 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13380 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
13381 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13385 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
13386 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
13387 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
13388 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
13389 isStdBadAlloc = true;
13391 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
13392 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
13393 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
13394 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
13395 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
13396 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
13397 isStdAlignValT = true;
13398 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
13399 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
13403 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
13404 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we
13405 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
13406 // there's a shadow friend decl.
13407 if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
13408 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) {
13409 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
13410 assert(SS.isEmpty());
13412 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) {
13413 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
13414 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
13416 // class-key identifier
13418 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
13419 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
13420 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
13421 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
13422 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
13423 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
13424 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
13427 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
13428 // C structs and unions.
13430 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
13431 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll
13432 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
13433 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
13435 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
13436 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
13438 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
13439 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
13440 // lexical context,
13441 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
13443 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
13444 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
13446 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
13447 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
13448 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
13449 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
13450 // the innermost enclosing namespace.
13451 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
13454 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
13455 // diagnose some problems.
13456 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
13457 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
13458 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct
13459 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
13460 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13461 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
13462 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
13464 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
13465 LookupName(Previous, S);
13469 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
13470 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
13471 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
13473 if (!Previous.empty()) {
13474 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
13475 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
13477 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
13478 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this
13479 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
13482 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
13483 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
13484 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
13485 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
13486 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13487 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13488 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
13489 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
13490 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
13491 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
13492 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
13495 Previous.addDecl(Tag);
13496 Previous.resolveKind();
13502 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
13503 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
13504 // redefinition if either context is within the other.
13505 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
13506 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
13507 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
13508 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) &&
13509 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
13510 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
13511 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
13512 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
13513 diag::note_using_decl_target);
13514 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
13516 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
13518 goto CreateNewDecl;
13522 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13523 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
13524 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
13525 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
13526 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
13527 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13528 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
13529 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
13530 // struct or something similar.
13531 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
13532 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
13534 bool SafeToContinue
13535 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
13537 if (SafeToContinue)
13538 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
13540 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
13541 PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
13543 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
13544 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
13546 if (SafeToContinue)
13547 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
13549 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
13556 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
13557 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
13559 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
13560 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
13561 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13563 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
13564 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
13565 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
13566 return PrevTagDecl;
13569 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
13570 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13571 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
13572 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
13573 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
13575 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
13576 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
13577 // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
13578 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
13579 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
13580 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum))
13581 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
13584 // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
13585 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
13586 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
13587 // and then later defined.
13588 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
13589 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
13590 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
13591 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13595 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
13596 // we have attributes.
13597 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13599 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
13600 // declaration to hold them.
13601 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
13602 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
13603 Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
13604 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) &&
13606 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
13607 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
13608 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
13609 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
13610 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
13611 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
13612 // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
13613 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
13614 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13615 return PrevTagDecl;
13616 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
13618 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
13620 return PrevTagDecl;
13624 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
13625 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13626 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
13627 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
13628 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
13629 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
13630 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
13631 if (isMemberSpecialization) {
13632 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
13633 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
13634 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
13635 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13636 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
13637 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
13638 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
13639 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13642 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do
13643 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However,
13644 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in
13645 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89).
13646 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
13647 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
13648 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
13649 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
13650 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
13651 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
13652 // use it in place of this one.
13653 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13654 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we
13655 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural
13657 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true;
13658 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl();
13659 SkipBody->Previous = Hidden;
13661 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
13662 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
13665 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
13666 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
13667 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
13668 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
13669 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
13671 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
13672 notePreviousDefinition(Def,
13673 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc);
13674 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
13675 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
13676 // references get the previous definition.
13682 // If the type is currently being defined, complain
13683 // about a nested redefinition.
13684 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
13685 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
13686 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
13687 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
13688 diag::note_previous_definition);
13695 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
13696 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
13699 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind
13700 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
13701 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
13702 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
13703 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
13707 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
13708 // have a definition. Just create a new decl.
13711 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
13712 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
13713 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
13714 // have distinct types.
13717 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
13718 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
13719 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
13721 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
13722 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
13723 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
13725 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
13726 // found the wrong kind of type on the first
13727 // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
13728 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
13729 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
13730 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
13731 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK
13733 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
13736 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
13737 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13738 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
13741 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
13742 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13743 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
13744 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
13745 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13748 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common
13750 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13752 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
13753 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
13754 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
13755 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13758 // Otherwise, diagnose.
13760 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
13761 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
13762 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
13763 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc);
13768 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
13769 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
13776 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
13777 if (Previous.isSingleResult())
13778 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
13780 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
13781 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
13783 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
13785 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
13786 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
13790 bool IsForwardReference = false;
13791 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
13792 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13793 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X.
13794 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13795 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
13796 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
13798 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
13799 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13801 // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
13802 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
13804 if (!EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit &&
13805 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
13806 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
13807 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
13808 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
13810 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
13811 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
13813 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13815 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
13816 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
13817 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
13818 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13819 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
13822 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
13823 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
13824 // the declaration context.
13825 if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
13826 IsForwardReference = true;
13830 if (EnumUnderlying) {
13831 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13832 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13833 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
13835 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
13836 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
13839 // struct/union/class
13841 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13842 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X.
13843 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13844 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
13845 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13846 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13848 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
13849 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
13851 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13852 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13855 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
13856 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
13857 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) &&
13858 TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13859 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
13860 << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13864 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition &&
13865 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) {
13866 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum)
13867 << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13871 // Maybe add qualifier info.
13872 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
13874 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
13875 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
13876 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
13877 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
13878 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
13879 if (!isMemberSpecialization &&
13880 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
13881 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
13884 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
13885 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
13886 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
13893 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
13894 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
13895 // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
13897 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
13898 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
13899 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
13900 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
13901 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
13902 // parsing of the struct).
13903 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13904 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
13905 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
13909 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
13910 if (isMemberSpecialization)
13911 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
13913 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
13914 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
13915 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
13916 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
13917 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
13918 New->setModulePrivate();
13921 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
13922 // check the specialization.
13923 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
13926 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
13927 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
13928 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
13929 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
13930 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
13931 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13932 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
13933 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
13934 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
13935 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
13939 } else if (!PrevDecl) {
13940 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13945 New->setInvalidDecl();
13947 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
13948 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
13949 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
13951 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
13952 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
13953 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
13954 // the tag name visible.
13955 if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
13956 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
13958 // Set the access specifier.
13959 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
13960 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
13963 CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl);
13965 if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
13966 New->startDefinition();
13969 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13970 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
13972 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
13973 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13974 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
13975 // if so, borrow its access specifier.
13977 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
13979 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
13980 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13981 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
13982 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
13983 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
13985 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13986 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
13987 if (IsForwardReference)
13988 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13990 CurContext->addDecl(New);
13993 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
13994 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
13995 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
13996 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
13998 Context.setFILEDecl(New);
14001 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
14003 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
14005 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
14007 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl())
14008 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous);
14011 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
14012 // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
14013 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14014 if (New->isBeingDefined())
14015 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
14016 RD->completeDefinition();
14023 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
14024 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
14025 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
14027 // Enter the tag context.
14028 PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
14030 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
14032 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
14034 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
14037 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
14038 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) {
14039 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New))
14042 // Make the previous decl visible.
14043 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous);
14047 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
14048 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
14049 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
14050 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
14051 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
14052 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
14057 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
14058 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
14059 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
14060 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
14061 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
14062 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
14064 FieldCollector->StartClass();
14066 if (!Record->getIdentifier())
14069 if (FinalLoc.isValid())
14070 Record->addAttr(new (Context)
14071 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
14074 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
14075 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
14076 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
14077 // as if it were a public member name.
14078 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
14079 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
14080 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
14081 Record->getIdentifier(),
14082 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
14083 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
14084 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
14085 InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
14086 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
14087 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
14088 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
14089 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
14090 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
14091 "Broken injected-class-name");
14094 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
14095 SourceRange BraceRange) {
14096 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
14097 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
14098 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
14100 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
14101 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
14102 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
14103 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
14104 RD->completeDefinition();
14107 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
14108 FieldCollector->FinishClass();
14111 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
14114 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
14115 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
14116 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
14118 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
14119 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
14120 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
14123 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
14124 // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
14128 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
14129 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
14130 OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
14131 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
14134 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
14135 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
14136 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
14139 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
14140 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
14141 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
14142 Tag->setInvalidDecl();
14144 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
14145 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
14146 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
14147 RD->completeDefinition();
14150 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
14151 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
14152 // the FieldCollector.
14157 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
14158 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
14159 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
14160 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
14161 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
14162 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
14166 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
14167 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
14168 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
14169 // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
14170 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
14171 return ExprError();
14173 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
14174 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
14175 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
14176 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
14177 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
14178 UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
14179 return ExprError();
14181 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
14183 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
14186 llvm::APSInt Value;
14187 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
14188 if (ICE.isInvalid())
14190 BitWidth = ICE.get();
14192 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
14193 *ZeroWidth = false;
14195 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
14196 if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
14197 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
14199 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
14201 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
14202 << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
14203 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
14204 << Value.toString(10);
14207 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
14208 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
14209 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
14210 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
14212 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
14214 bool CStdConstraintViolation =
14215 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
14216 bool MSBitfieldViolation =
14217 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
14218 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
14219 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
14220 unsigned DiagWidth =
14221 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
14223 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
14224 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
14225 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
14227 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
14228 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation
14232 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
14233 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
14235 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) {
14237 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
14238 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
14239 << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
14241 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
14242 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
14249 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
14250 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
14251 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
14252 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
14253 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
14254 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
14255 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
14259 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
14261 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
14262 SourceLocation DeclStart,
14263 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
14264 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
14265 AccessSpecifier AS) {
14266 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
14267 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
14268 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
14269 << Decomp.getSourceRange();
14273 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
14274 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
14275 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
14277 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
14278 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
14279 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14280 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
14282 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
14283 UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
14284 D.setInvalidType();
14286 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
14290 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
14291 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() ||
14292 T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() ||
14293 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) {
14294 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
14295 D.setInvalidType();
14298 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
14299 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
14300 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() ||
14301 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) {
14302 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
14303 D.setInvalidType();
14306 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
14308 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
14309 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
14310 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
14311 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
14312 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
14313 diag::err_invalid_thread)
14314 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
14316 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
14317 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
14318 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
14319 ForVisibleRedeclaration);
14320 LookupName(Previous, S);
14321 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
14322 case LookupResult::Found:
14323 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
14324 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
14327 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
14328 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
14331 case LookupResult::NotFound:
14332 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
14333 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
14336 Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
14338 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
14339 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
14340 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
14341 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
14342 PrevDecl = nullptr;
14345 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
14346 PrevDecl = nullptr;
14349 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
14350 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
14352 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
14353 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
14355 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
14356 Record->setInvalidDecl();
14358 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
14359 NewFD->setModulePrivate();
14361 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
14362 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
14363 // with the same name in the same scope.
14365 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
14367 Record->addDecl(NewFD);
14372 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
14374 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
14375 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
14376 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
14379 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
14381 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
14382 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
14383 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
14384 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
14385 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
14386 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
14387 SourceLocation TSSL,
14388 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
14390 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
14391 bool InvalidDecl = false;
14392 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
14394 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
14395 // marking this declaration as invalid.
14397 InvalidDecl = true;
14401 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
14402 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
14403 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
14404 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
14405 Record->setInvalidDecl();
14406 InvalidDecl = true;
14409 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
14410 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
14411 Record->setInvalidDecl();
14412 InvalidDecl = true;
14417 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
14418 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
14419 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
14420 InvalidDecl = true;
14423 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
14424 // than a variably modified type.
14425 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14426 bool SizeIsNegative;
14427 llvm::APSInt Oversized;
14429 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
14430 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
14434 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
14435 TInfo = FixedTInfo;
14436 T = FixedTInfo->getType();
14438 if (SizeIsNegative)
14439 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
14440 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
14441 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
14442 << Oversized.toString(10);
14444 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
14445 InvalidDecl = true;
14449 // Fields can not have abstract class types
14450 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
14451 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14452 AbstractFieldType))
14453 InvalidDecl = true;
14455 bool ZeroWidth = false;
14457 BitWidth = nullptr;
14458 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
14460 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
14463 InvalidDecl = true;
14464 BitWidth = nullptr;
14469 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
14470 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
14471 unsigned DiagID = 0;
14472 if (T->isReferenceType())
14473 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
14474 : diag::err_mutable_reference;
14475 else if (T.isConstQualified())
14476 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
14479 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
14480 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
14481 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
14482 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
14483 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
14485 InvalidDecl = true;
14490 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
14491 // At most one variant member of a union may have a
14492 // brace-or-equal-initializer.
14493 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
14494 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
14496 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
14497 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
14499 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14501 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
14502 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
14503 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14504 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14507 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14508 if (Record->isUnion()) {
14509 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14510 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
14511 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
14512 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
14513 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
14514 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
14515 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
14517 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
14518 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14522 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
14523 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
14525 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
14526 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
14527 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
14528 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
14529 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
14530 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
14531 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14536 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
14537 // representation, not a parser representation.
14539 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
14540 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
14542 if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
14543 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
14546 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
14547 // retainable type.
14548 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
14549 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14551 if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
14552 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
14554 NewFD->setAccess(AS);
14558 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
14560 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
14562 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
14565 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14566 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14567 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
14568 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
14569 // We check for copy constructors before constructors
14570 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
14571 // copy constructors.
14573 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
14574 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
14575 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
14576 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
14577 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
14578 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
14579 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
14580 member = CXXCopyConstructor;
14581 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
14582 member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
14583 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
14584 member = CXXCopyAssignment;
14585 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
14586 member = CXXDestructor;
14588 if (member != CXXInvalid) {
14589 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
14590 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
14591 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
14592 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
14593 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
14594 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
14595 // members unavailable.
14596 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
14597 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
14598 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
14599 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14600 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
14605 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
14606 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
14607 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
14608 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
14609 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
14610 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
14618 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
14619 /// AST enum value.
14620 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
14621 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
14622 switch (ivarVisibility) {
14623 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
14624 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
14625 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
14626 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
14627 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
14631 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
14632 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
14633 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
14634 SourceLocation DeclStart,
14635 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
14636 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
14638 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
14639 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
14640 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
14641 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
14643 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
14644 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
14646 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
14647 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
14650 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
14651 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
14653 D.setInvalidType();
14660 if (T->isReferenceType()) {
14661 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
14662 D.setInvalidType();
14664 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
14665 // than a variably modified type.
14666 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14667 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
14668 D.setInvalidType();
14671 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
14672 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
14673 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
14674 : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
14675 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
14676 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
14677 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
14679 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
14680 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
14681 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14682 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
14683 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
14684 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
14685 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
14688 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14690 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
14691 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14692 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
14693 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
14697 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14700 // Construct the decl.
14701 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
14702 DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
14703 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
14706 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
14707 ForVisibleRedeclaration);
14708 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
14709 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
14710 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
14711 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14712 NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14716 // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
14717 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
14719 if (D.isInvalidType())
14720 NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14722 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
14723 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
14724 NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14726 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
14727 NewID->setModulePrivate();
14730 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
14731 // these to the interface.
14733 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
14736 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
14737 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
14738 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
14743 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
14744 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
14745 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
14746 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
14747 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
14748 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
14749 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
14752 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
14753 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
14755 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
14757 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
14759 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
14760 if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
14763 // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
14767 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
14768 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
14769 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
14771 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
14772 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
14774 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
14776 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
14778 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
14781 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
14782 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
14783 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
14784 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
14786 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
14787 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
14788 // it will now change.
14789 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14790 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14791 switch (DC->getKind()) {
14793 case Decl::ObjCCategory:
14794 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14796 case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
14798 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14803 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14805 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
14806 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
14807 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
14809 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
14810 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
14811 if (IFD->getDeclName())
14816 // Verify that all the fields are okay.
14817 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
14819 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false;
14820 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
14822 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
14824 // Get the type for the field.
14825 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
14827 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
14828 // Remember all fields written by the user.
14829 RecFields.push_back(FD);
14832 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
14833 // diagnostics about it.
14834 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14835 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14840 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with
14841 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
14842 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
14843 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
14844 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
14845 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
14846 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
14847 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
14849 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end());
14850 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
14851 // Field declared as a function.
14852 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
14853 << FD->getDeclName();
14854 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14855 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14857 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
14858 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) {
14860 // Flexible array member.
14861 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
14862 // It will accept flexible array in union and also
14863 // as the sole element of a struct/class.
14864 unsigned DiagID = 0;
14865 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) {
14866 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end)
14867 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind();
14868 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration);
14869 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14870 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14872 } else if (Record->isUnion())
14873 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14874 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
14875 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14876 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
14877 : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
14878 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
14879 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14880 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
14881 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14882 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
14883 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
14886 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
14887 << Record->getTagKind();
14888 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
14889 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
14890 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible
14891 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
14893 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
14894 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
14895 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
14896 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14897 if (!getLangOpts().C99)
14898 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
14899 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14901 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
14902 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
14904 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
14905 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
14906 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14907 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
14908 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
14909 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14910 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14911 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14914 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
14915 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14917 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted,
14918 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done
14919 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known.
14921 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
14922 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14923 diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
14925 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14926 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14928 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14929 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
14930 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
14931 // flexible array member.
14932 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14933 if (!Record->isUnion()) {
14934 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
14935 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
14938 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
14939 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14941 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
14942 // other structs as an extension.
14943 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
14944 << FD->getDeclName();
14948 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
14949 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14950 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14951 AbstractIvarType)) {
14952 // Ivars can not have abstract class types
14953 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14955 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14956 Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14957 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
14958 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14959 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
14960 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
14961 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
14962 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
14963 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
14965 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
14966 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported &&
14967 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
14968 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime.
14969 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
14970 // so we just make the field unavailable.
14971 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
14972 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
14973 QualType T = FD->getType();
14974 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) {
14975 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
14976 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
14977 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
14978 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14979 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc));
14982 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
14983 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
14985 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true;
14987 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
14988 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
14989 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
14990 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14991 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
14992 Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14993 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
14994 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14995 if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
14996 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14997 Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14998 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14999 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
15000 Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
15003 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
15004 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
15005 // Keep track of the number of named members.
15006 if (FD->getIdentifier())
15010 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
15012 bool Completed = false;
15013 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
15014 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
15015 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
15016 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
15017 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
15018 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
15019 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
15022 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
15023 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
15024 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
15025 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
15026 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
15027 CXXRecord->getDestructor());
15030 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
15031 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
15032 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
15034 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
15035 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
15037 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
15038 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
15039 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
15041 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
15042 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
15044 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
15045 SOEnd = M->second.end();
15046 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
15047 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
15048 "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
15049 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
15052 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
15053 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
15054 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the
15055 // program is ill-formed.
15056 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
15057 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
15058 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
15059 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
15060 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
15061 OM = SO->second.begin(),
15062 OMEnd = SO->second.end();
15064 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
15065 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
15067 Record->setInvalidDecl();
15070 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
15078 Record->completeDefinition();
15080 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
15081 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
15082 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
15083 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
15084 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) {
15085 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted();
15086 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
15090 if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
15091 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
15093 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
15094 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
15095 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
15096 IA->getSemanticSpelling());
15099 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
15100 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
15101 // compatibility problems.
15102 bool CheckForZeroSize;
15103 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15104 CheckForZeroSize = true;
15106 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
15107 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
15109 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
15110 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
15111 CXXRecord->isCLike();
15113 if (CheckForZeroSize) {
15114 bool ZeroSize = true;
15115 bool IsEmpty = true;
15116 unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
15117 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
15118 E = Record->field_end();
15119 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
15121 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
15122 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
15126 QualType FieldType = I->getType();
15127 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
15128 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
15133 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
15134 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
15135 // extern "C" block.
15137 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
15138 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
15139 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
15140 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
15143 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
15144 // but are accepted by GCC.
15145 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15146 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
15147 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
15148 << Record->isUnion();
15152 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
15153 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
15154 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
15155 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
15156 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
15157 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15158 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
15159 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
15161 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
15163 if (ID->getSuperClass())
15164 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
15165 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
15166 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
15167 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
15168 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
15169 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
15170 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
15171 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
15172 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
15173 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
15174 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
15175 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
15176 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
15177 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
15178 // reported as errors elsewhere.
15179 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
15180 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
15181 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
15182 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
15183 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
15184 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15186 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
15187 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
15188 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
15189 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
15190 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
15193 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
15194 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
15195 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
15196 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
15197 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
15198 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
15203 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
15204 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
15206 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
15207 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
15212 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
15215 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
15216 /// the given type T.
15217 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
15218 llvm::APSInt &Value,
15220 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) &&
15221 "Integral type required!");
15222 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
15224 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
15225 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
15227 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
15229 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
15232 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
15233 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
15234 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
15235 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
15236 // enum checking below.
15237 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) ||
15238 T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!");
15239 const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
15240 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
15241 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
15243 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
15244 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
15245 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
15248 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
15249 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
15250 : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
15251 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
15252 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
15258 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
15259 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
15260 SourceLocation IdLoc,
15261 IdentifierInfo *Id,
15263 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
15264 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
15267 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
15271 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
15274 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
15275 EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
15277 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
15278 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
15279 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
15280 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
15281 // constant expression of the underlying type.
15282 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
15283 ExprResult Converted =
15284 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
15286 if (Converted.isInvalid())
15289 Val = Converted.get();
15290 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
15291 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
15292 &EnumVal).get())) {
15293 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
15295 if (Enum->isFixed()) {
15296 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
15298 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
15299 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
15300 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
15301 // expression checking.
15302 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
15303 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
15304 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
15305 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
15307 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
15309 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
15310 EltTy->isBooleanType() ?
15311 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast)
15313 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15314 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
15315 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
15316 // is the type of its initializing value:
15317 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
15318 // initializing value has the same type as the expression.
15319 EltTy = Val->getType();
15322 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
15323 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
15324 // representable as an int.
15326 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
15327 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
15328 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
15329 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
15330 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
15331 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
15332 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
15333 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
15335 EltTy = Val->getType();
15342 if (Enum->isDependentType())
15343 EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
15344 else if (!LastEnumConst) {
15345 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
15346 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
15347 // is the type of its initializing value:
15348 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
15349 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
15351 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
15353 if (Enum->isFixed()) {
15354 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
15357 EltTy = Context.IntTy;
15360 // Assign the last value + 1.
15361 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
15363 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
15365 // Check for overflow on increment.
15366 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
15367 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
15368 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
15369 // is the type of its initializing value:
15371 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
15372 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
15373 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
15374 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
15375 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
15376 // exists, the program is ill-formed.
15377 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
15378 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
15379 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
15380 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
15381 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
15382 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
15384 if (Enum->isFixed())
15385 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
15386 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
15387 << EnumVal.toString(10)
15390 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
15391 << EnumVal.toString(10);
15396 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
15397 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
15398 // value, then increment.
15399 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
15400 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
15401 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
15404 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
15405 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
15406 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
15407 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
15409 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
15410 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
15411 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15412 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
15413 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
15414 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
15415 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
15420 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
15421 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
15422 // enumerator's type.
15423 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
15424 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
15427 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
15431 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
15432 SourceLocation IILoc) {
15433 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
15434 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15435 return SkipBodyInfo();
15437 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
15438 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
15440 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
15441 forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15442 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
15444 return SkipBodyInfo();
15446 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
15448 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
15450 Skip.Previous = Hidden;
15454 return SkipBodyInfo();
15457 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
15458 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
15459 AttributeList *Attr,
15460 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
15461 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
15462 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
15463 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
15465 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until
15466 // we find one that is.
15467 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
15469 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
15471 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
15472 ForVisibleRedeclaration);
15473 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
15474 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
15475 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
15476 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
15477 PrevDecl = nullptr;
15480 // C++ [class.mem]p15:
15481 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
15482 // different from T:
15483 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
15485 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
15486 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
15487 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
15489 EnumConstantDecl *New =
15490 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
15495 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
15496 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
15497 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
15498 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
15499 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
15500 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
15501 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
15503 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
15504 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc);
15509 // Process attributes.
15510 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
15511 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
15513 // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
15514 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
15515 PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
15517 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
15522 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
15523 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows:
15524 // Element2 = Element1
15525 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
15526 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
15527 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
15528 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
15529 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
15532 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
15534 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
15535 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
15537 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
15540 if (IL->getValue() != 1)
15543 InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
15546 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
15547 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
15551 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
15555 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
15565 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
15566 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
15567 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
15570 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
15571 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
15575 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
15576 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
15577 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
15578 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
15579 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
15581 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
15582 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
15583 LHS.val == RHS.val;
15586 } // end anonymous namespace
15588 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
15589 // a previous element has already been set to.
15590 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15592 QualType EnumType) {
15593 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
15595 // Avoid anonymous enums
15596 if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
15599 // Only check for small enums.
15600 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
15603 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
15604 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
15606 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
15607 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
15610 DuplicatesVector DupVector;
15611 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
15613 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
15615 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15616 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15618 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
15619 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
15624 if (ECD->getInitExpr())
15627 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
15628 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
15630 // First time encountering this value.
15631 if (Entry.isNull())
15635 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
15636 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15637 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15638 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
15641 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
15643 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
15644 if (Entry.isNull())
15647 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
15648 // Ensure constants are different.
15652 // Create new vector and push values onto it.
15653 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
15655 Vec->push_back(ECD);
15657 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
15660 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
15662 DupVector.push_back(Vec);
15666 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
15667 // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
15668 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
15671 Vec->push_back(ECD);
15674 // Emit diagnostics.
15675 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
15676 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
15677 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
15678 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
15679 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
15681 // Emit warning for one enum constant.
15682 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
15683 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
15684 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
15685 << (*I)->getSourceRange();
15688 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
15690 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
15691 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
15692 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
15693 << (*I)->getSourceRange();
15698 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
15699 bool AllowMask) const {
15700 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum");
15701 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
15703 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
15704 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
15707 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
15708 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
15709 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
15710 if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
15711 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
15715 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
15716 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
15717 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
15718 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
15720 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
15721 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
15722 // likely a logic error.
15723 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
15724 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
15727 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
15729 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15730 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
15731 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
15732 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
15735 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
15737 if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
15738 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15739 EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15740 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15741 if (!ECD) continue;
15743 ECD->setType(EnumType);
15746 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
15750 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
15751 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
15753 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
15754 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
15755 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
15757 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
15758 // reverse the list.
15759 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
15760 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
15762 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
15763 bool AllElementsInt = true;
15765 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15766 EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15767 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15768 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
15770 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15772 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
15773 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
15774 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
15775 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
15777 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
15778 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
15780 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
15781 if (AllElementsInt)
15782 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
15785 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
15787 unsigned BestWidth;
15789 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
15790 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
15791 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
15792 // of the following types that can represent all the values of
15793 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
15794 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
15796 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
15797 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
15798 QualType BestPromotionType;
15800 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
15801 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
15802 // enum definitions.
15803 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
15806 if (Enum->isFixed()) {
15807 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
15808 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
15809 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
15811 BestPromotionType = BestType;
15813 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
15815 else if (NumNegativeBits) {
15816 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
15817 // int/long/longlong) that fits.
15818 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15819 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
15820 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
15821 BestWidth = CharWidth;
15822 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
15823 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
15824 BestType = Context.ShortTy;
15825 BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15826 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
15827 BestType = Context.IntTy;
15828 BestWidth = IntWidth;
15830 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
15832 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
15833 BestType = Context.LongTy;
15835 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15837 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
15838 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
15839 BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
15842 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
15844 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
15845 // all of the enumerator values.
15846 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15847 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
15848 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
15849 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15850 BestWidth = CharWidth;
15851 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
15852 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
15853 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15854 BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15855 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
15856 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
15857 BestWidth = IntWidth;
15859 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15860 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
15861 } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
15862 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
15863 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
15865 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15866 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
15868 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15869 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
15870 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
15871 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
15873 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15874 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
15878 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
15879 // the type of the enum if needed.
15880 for (auto *D : Elements) {
15881 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15882 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
15884 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
15885 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each
15886 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
15887 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
15888 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
15890 // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
15891 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15893 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match
15894 // the enum decl type.
15898 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15899 !Enum->isFixed() &&
15900 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
15901 NewTy = Context.IntTy;
15902 NewWidth = IntWidth;
15904 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
15905 // Already the right type!
15906 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15907 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15908 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15910 ECD->setType(EnumType);
15914 NewWidth = BestWidth;
15915 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
15918 // Adjust the APSInt value.
15919 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
15920 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
15921 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
15923 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
15924 if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
15925 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
15926 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
15928 ECD->getInitExpr(),
15929 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
15931 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15932 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15933 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15935 ECD->setType(EnumType);
15937 ECD->setType(NewTy);
15940 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
15941 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
15943 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
15945 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) {
15946 for (Decl *D : Elements) {
15947 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15948 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
15950 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15951 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
15952 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
15953 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
15958 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
15959 if (Enum->hasAttrs())
15960 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
15963 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
15964 SourceLocation StartLoc,
15965 SourceLocation EndLoc) {
15966 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
15968 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
15969 AsmString, StartLoc,
15971 CurContext->addDecl(New);
15975 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
15976 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC,
15977 bool FromInclude = false) {
15978 SourceLocation ExternCLoc;
15980 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
15981 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
15982 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
15983 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid())
15984 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart();
15986 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
15989 DC = LSD->getParent();
15992 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC) || isa<ExportDecl>(DC))
15993 DC = DC->getParent();
15995 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
15996 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M))
15997 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop
15998 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal)
15999 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
16000 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
16001 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC;
16002 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) {
16003 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c)
16004 << M->getFullModuleName();
16005 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here);
16009 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc,
16010 SourceLocation ModuleLoc,
16011 ModuleDeclKind MDK,
16012 ModuleIdPath Path) {
16013 assert(getLangOpts().ModulesTS &&
16014 "should only have module decl in modules TS");
16016 // A module implementation unit requires that we are not compiling a module
16017 // of any kind. A module interface unit requires that we are not compiling a
16019 switch (getLangOpts().getCompilingModule()) {
16020 case LangOptions::CMK_None:
16021 // It's OK to compile a module interface as a normal translation unit.
16024 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface:
16025 if (MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation)
16028 // We were asked to compile a module interface unit but this is a module
16029 // implementation unit. That indicates the 'export' is missing.
16030 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch)
16031 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ModuleLoc, "export ");
16032 MDK = ModuleDeclKind::Interface;
16035 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap:
16036 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_decl_in_module_map_module);
16040 assert(ModuleScopes.size() == 1 && "expected to be at global module scope");
16042 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than
16043 // here, in order to support macro import.
16045 // Only one module-declaration is permitted per source file.
16046 if (ModuleScopes.back().Module->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit) {
16047 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_redeclaration);
16048 Diag(VisibleModules.getImportLoc(ModuleScopes.back().Module),
16049 diag::note_prev_module_declaration);
16053 // Flatten the dots in a module name. Unlike Clang's hierarchical module map
16054 // modules, the dots here are just another character that can appear in a
16056 std::string ModuleName;
16057 for (auto &Piece : Path) {
16058 if (!ModuleName.empty())
16060 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName();
16063 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be
16065 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() &&
16066 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) {
16067 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch)
16068 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second)
16069 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
16072 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName;
16074 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap();
16078 case ModuleDeclKind::Interface: {
16079 // We can't have parsed or imported a definition of this module or parsed a
16080 // module map defining it already.
16081 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) {
16082 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName;
16083 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid())
16084 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition);
16085 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile())
16086 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file)
16092 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining.
16093 Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName,
16094 ModuleScopes.front().Module);
16095 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail");
16099 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition:
16100 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module.
16103 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation:
16104 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc(
16105 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second);
16106 Mod = getModuleLoader().loadModule(ModuleLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
16107 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
16109 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_not_defined) << ModuleName;
16110 // Create an empty module interface unit for error recovery.
16111 Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName,
16112 ModuleScopes.front().Module);
16117 // Switch from the global module to the named module.
16118 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod;
16119 ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface = MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation;
16120 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ModuleLoc);
16122 // From now on, we have an owning module for all declarations we see.
16123 // However, those declarations are module-private unless explicitly
16125 auto *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
16126 TU->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate);
16127 TU->setLocalOwningModule(Mod);
16129 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl.
16133 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
16134 SourceLocation ImportLoc,
16135 ModuleIdPath Path) {
16137 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
16138 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
16142 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
16144 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
16146 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
16147 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
16148 // silently ignoring the import.
16149 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we
16150 // warn on a redundant import of the current module?
16151 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule &&
16152 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS))
16153 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule()
16154 ? diag::err_module_self_import
16155 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
16156 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
16158 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
16159 Module *ModCheck = Mod;
16160 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
16161 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
16162 // We need the length to be consistent.
16165 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
16167 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
16170 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, StartLoc,
16171 Mod, IdentifierLocs);
16172 if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
16173 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import);
16174 CurContext->addDecl(Import);
16176 // Re-export the module if needed.
16177 if (Import->isExported() &&
16178 !ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface)
16179 getCurrentModule()->Exports.emplace_back(Mod, false);
16184 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
16185 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true);
16186 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
16189 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
16190 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
16191 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
16192 // implementation detail of us building the module.
16194 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
16195 bool IsInModuleIncludes =
16196 TUKind == TU_Module &&
16197 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
16199 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes;
16201 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
16202 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
16203 if (ShouldAddImport) {
16204 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
16205 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
16208 if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
16209 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD);
16210 TU->addDecl(ImportD);
16211 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
16214 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
16215 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
16218 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
16219 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true);
16221 ModuleScopes.push_back({});
16222 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod;
16223 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
16224 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules);
16226 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
16228 // The enclosing context is now part of this module.
16229 // FIXME: Consider creating a child DeclContext to hold the entities
16230 // lexically within the module.
16231 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) {
16232 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) {
16233 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind(
16234 getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility
16235 ? Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported
16236 : Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible);
16237 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(Mod);
16242 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EomLoc, Module *Mod) {
16243 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
16244 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules);
16245 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache
16246 // is now out of date.
16247 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear();
16250 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod &&
16251 "left the wrong module scope");
16252 ModuleScopes.pop_back();
16254 // We got to the end of processing a local module. Create an
16255 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module.
16256 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EomLoc);
16257 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc;
16258 if (EomLoc == getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(File)) {
16259 // We reached the end of a #included module header. Use the #include loc.
16260 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() &&
16261 "end of submodule in main source file");
16262 DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File);
16264 // We reached an EOM pragma. Use the pragma location.
16265 DirectiveLoc = EomLoc;
16267 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
16269 // Any further declarations are in whatever module we returned to.
16270 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) {
16271 // The parser guarantees that this is the same context that we entered
16272 // the module within.
16273 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) {
16274 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(getCurrentModule());
16275 if (!getCurrentModule())
16276 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind(
16277 Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned);
16282 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
16284 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
16285 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery ||
16286 VisibleModules.isVisible(Mod))
16289 // Create the implicit import declaration.
16290 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
16291 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
16293 TU->addDecl(ImportD);
16294 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
16296 // Make the module visible.
16297 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
16298 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
16301 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{'
16303 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
16304 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
16305 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc);
16307 // C++ Modules TS draft:
16308 // An export-declaration shall appear in the purview of a module other than
16309 // the global module.
16310 if (ModuleScopes.empty() || !ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface)
16311 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_not_in_module_interface);
16313 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one
16316 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another
16317 // export-declaration.
16318 if (D->isExported())
16319 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export);
16321 CurContext->addDecl(D);
16322 PushDeclContext(S, D);
16323 D->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported);
16327 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration.
16328 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
16329 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D);
16330 if (RBraceLoc.isValid())
16331 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
16333 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including
16334 // anonymous namespace).
16340 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
16341 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
16342 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
16343 SourceLocation NameLoc,
16344 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
16345 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
16346 LookupOrdinaryName);
16347 AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
16348 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
16350 // If a declaration that:
16351 // 1) declares a function or a variable
16352 // 2) has external linkage
16353 // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
16354 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
16355 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
16356 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
16358 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
16359 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
16360 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
16362 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
16365 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
16366 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
16367 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
16368 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
16371 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
16373 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
16374 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
16375 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
16379 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
16380 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
16381 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
16382 SourceLocation NameLoc,
16383 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
16384 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
16385 LookupOrdinaryName);
16386 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
16388 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
16389 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
16390 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
16391 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
16393 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
16394 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
16398 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
16399 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));